ControlLogix Analog I/O

Modules
Catalog Numbers 1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K, 1756-IF6CIS, 1756-IF6I,
1756-IF8, 1756-IF8K, 1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, 1756-IT6I2, 1756-OF4,
1756-OF4K, 1756-OF6CI, 1756-OF6VI, 1756-OF8, 1756-OF8K

User Manual Original Instructions

ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules User Manual

Important User Information

Read this document and the documents listed in the additional resources section about installation, configuration, and operation of this equipment before
you install, configure, operate, or maintain this product. Users are required to familiarize themselves with installation and wiring instructions in addition to
requirements of all applicable codes, laws, and standards.

Activities including installation, adjustments, putting into service, use, assembly, disassembly, and maintenance are required to be carried out by suitably
trained personnel in accordance with applicable code of practice.

If this equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the protection provided by the equipment may be impaired.

In no event will Rockwell Automation, Inc. be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this
equipment.

The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes. Because of the many variables and requirements associated with
any particular installation, Rockwell Automation, Inc. cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams.

No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation, Inc. with respect to use of information, circuits, equipment, or software described in this manual.

Reproduction of the contents of this manual, in whole or in part, without written permission of Rockwell Automation, Inc., is prohibited.

Throughout this manual, when necessary, we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations.

WARNING: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment,
which may lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss.

ATTENTION: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death, property
damage, or economic loss. Attentions help you identify a hazard, avoid a hazard, and recognize the consequence.

IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product.

These labels may also be on or inside the equipment to provide specific precautions.

SHOCK HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that dangerous
voltage may be present.

BURN HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that surfaces may
reach dangerous temperatures.

ARC FLASH HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a motor control center, to alert people to
potential Arc Flash. Arc Flash will cause severe injury or death. Wear proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). Follow ALL
Regulatory requirements for safe work practices and for Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).

The following icon may appear in the text of this document.

Identifies information that is useful and can help to make a process easier to do or easier to understand.

Rockwell Automation recognizes that some of the terms that are currently used in our industry and in this publication are not in alignment
with the movement toward inclusive language in technology. We are proactively collaborating with industry peers to find alternatives to such
terms and making changes to our products and content. Please excuse the use of such terms in our content while we implement
these changes.

2 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Table of Contents

Preface
About This Publication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Download Firmware, AOP, EDS, and Other Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Summary of Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Additional Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Chapter 1
ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules I/O Modules in the ControlLogix System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Overview Module Identification and Status Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Chapter 2
Analog I/O Operation in the Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
ControlLogix System Direct Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Input Module Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Input Modules in a Local Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Real Time Sample (RTS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Requested Packet Interval (RPI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Triggering Event Tasks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Input Modules in a Remote Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Output Module Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Output Modules in a Local Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Output Modules in a Remote Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Listen-only Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Multiple Owners of Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Configuration Changes in an Input Module with Multiple Owners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Chapter 3
ControlLogix Analog I/O Module Common Analog I/O Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Features Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Module Fault Reporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Electronic Keying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Access to System Clock for Time Stamp Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Rolling Time Stamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Producer/Consumer Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Status Indicator Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Full Class I Division 2 Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Agency Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Field Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Sensor Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Latching of Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Data Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Module Inhibiting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Relationship Between Module Resolution, Scaling, and Data Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Module Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 3

Table of Contents

Scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Data Format as Related to Resolution and Scaling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Chapter 4
Non-isolated Analog Voltage/ Choose a Wiring Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 Single-ended Wiring Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Differential Wiring Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
and 1756-IF8)
High-speed Mode Differential Wiring Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Choose a Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Features Specific to Non-Isolated Analog Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Multiple Input Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Module Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Real-time Sampling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Underrange/Overrange Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Digital Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Process Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Rate Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Wire Off Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Use Module Block and Input Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Field-side Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Wire the 1756-IF16 Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Wire the 1756-IF8 Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
1756-IF16 Module Fault and Status Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Fault Reporting in Integer Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
1756-IF8 Module Fault and Status Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Fault Reporting in Integer Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Chapter 5
Non-isolated Analog Output Choose a Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Modules (1756-OF4 and Non-isolated Output Module Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Ramping/Rate Limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
1756-OF8)
Hold for Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Open Wire Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Clamping/Limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Clamp/Limit Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Data Echo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
User Count Conversion to Output Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Use Module Block and Output Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Field-side Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Wire the 1756-OF4 Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Wire the 1756-OF8 Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8 Module Fault and Status Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Fault Reporting in Integer Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

4 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Table of Contents

Chapter 6
Configure ControlLogix Analog Create a New Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
I/O Modules Module Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Modify the Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
General Category. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Connection Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Module Info Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Channels Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Alarms Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Limits Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Calibration Category. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Download Configuration Data to the Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Reconfigure Parameters in Run Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Reconfigure Parameters in Program Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Configure I/O Modules in a Remote Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
View the Module Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Chapter 7
Use Ladder Logic To Define Perform Runtime Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Module Operation Add a Message Instruction to a Routine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Configure the Message Instruction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Add Bit Instructions, Rungs, and Branches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Reconfigure a Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Chapter 8
Calibrate the ControlLogix Difference Between Calibrating Input and Output Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Analog I/O Modules Calibrating in Program Mode or Without a Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Calibrate 1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8 Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Calibrate 1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8 Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Current Meter Calibrations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Analog to Digital (A/D) Converter Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Calibrated Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Error Calculated Over Hardware Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
How Operating Temperature Changes Affect Module Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Gain Drift With Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Module Error Over Full Temperature Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Chapter 9
Troubleshoot Your Module Status Indicators for Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Status Indicators for Output Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Use Logix Designer Application for Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Fault Type Determination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Appendix A
Analog I/O Tag Definitions Access the Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Integer Mode Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Integer Input Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 5

Table of Contents

Integer Output Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Integer Configuration Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Floating Point Mode Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Floating Point Input Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Floating Point Output Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Floating Point Configuration Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Appendix B
1492 AIFMs for Analog I/O Module Wiring Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Modules Pre-wired and AIFM Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Module-ready Pre-wired Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Appendix C
6-channel Isolated Analog I/O 1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I Module Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Modules 1756-IF6CIS Module Isolated Power Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Data Format Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Multiple Input Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Notch Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Real-time Sampling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Underrange/Overrange Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Digital Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Process Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Rate Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Wire Off Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Module Block and Input Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
1756-IF6CIS Module Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
1756-IF6I Module Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
1756-IF6CIS or 1756-IF6I Module Fault and Status Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
1756-OF6CI and 1756-OF6VI Module Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Data Format Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Ramping/Rate Limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Hold for Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Clamping/Limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Clamp/Limit Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Data Echo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
User Count Conversion to Output Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Module Block and Output Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
1756-OF6CI Module Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
1756-OF6VI Module Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
1756-OF6CI and 1756-OF6VI Module Fault and Status Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Calibrate 1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Calibrating the 1756-IF6I for Voltage Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Calibrating the 1756-IF6CIS or 1756-IF6I for Current Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Calibrate 1756-OF6VI and 1756-OF6CI Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Current Meter Calibrations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Voltage Meter Calibrations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

6 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Table of Contents

Appendix D
6-channel Temperature- 1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, and 1756-IT6I2 Module Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
measuring Isolated Analog I/O Data Format Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Multiple Input Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Modules
Notch Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Real-time Sampling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Underrange/Overrange Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Digital Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Process Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Rate Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
10 Ohm Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Wire Off Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Sensor Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Temperature Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Input Signal to User Count Conversion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Wire Length Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Differences Between the 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Module Block and Input Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, and 1756-IT6I2 Module Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, and 1756-IT6I2 Module Fault and Status Reporting . . . . . . . 205
Configuring RTD and Thermocouple Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Configure the RTD Module (1756-IR6I). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Configure the Thermocouple Modules (1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2). . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Calibrate 1756-IR61 Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Calibrate 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT612 Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
RTD and Thermocouple Error Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
RTD Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Thermocouple Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) (-12…+30 mV Range) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) (-12…+78 mV Range) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Thermocouple Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Module Resolution (-12…+30 mV Range) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Module Resolution (-12…+78 mV Range). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Dealing with Incorrect Thermocouple Temperature Readings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Appendix E
Remote Connections Via a Using RSNetWorx and RSLogix 5000 Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
ControlNet Network Remote Input Modules Connected Via a ControlNet Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Remote Output Modules Connected Via a ControlNet Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 7

Table of Contents

8 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Preface

About This Publication This manual describes how to install, configure, and troubleshoot your ControlLogix®
analog I/O module.

Rockwell Automation recognizes that some of the terms that are currently used in our industry
and in this publication aren’t in alignment with the movement toward inclusive language in
technology. We’re proactively collaborating with industry peers to find alternatives to such
terms and making changes to our products and content. Please excuse the use of such terms
in our content while we implement these changes.

Download Firmware, AOP, Download firmware, associated files (such as AOP, EDS, and DTM), and access product release
notes from the Product Compatibility and Download Center at rok.auto/pcdc.
EDS, and Other Files
Summary of Changes This publication contains the following new or updated information. This list includes
substantive updates only and is not intended to reflect all changes.
Topic Page
Updated to include Series C 1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, and 1756-OF8K modules Throughout

Additional Resources These documents contain additional information concerning related products from Rockwell
Automation. You can view or download publications at rok.auto/literature.
Resource Description
Provides specifications for ControlLogix analog and digital I/O modules as well as the accessories that
1756 ControlLogix I/O Specifications, publication 1756-TD002 can be used with each.
ControlLogix Power Supply Installation Instructions, Provides information about how to install a wide range of ControlLogix power supplies.
publication 1756-IN619
ControlLogix Chassis Installation Instructions, Provides information about how to install a wide range of ControlLogix chassis.
publication 1756-IN621
1756 ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules Installation Instructions, Provides information about how to install and wire 1756 ControlLogix analog I/O modules.
publication 1756-IN063
ControlLogix High Resolution Analog I/O Modules Provides information about how to install and wire ControlLogix high resolution analog I/O modules.
Installation Instructions, publication 1756-IN056
Migrating 6-channel to 8-channel 1756 Analog Modules, Provides information about how to migrate the 1756 Isolated Analog I/O 6-channel modules to the
publication 1756-RM011 8-channel modules.
ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules User Manual, Provides information about how to install, configure, and troubleshoot ControlLogix digital I/O modules.
publication 1756-UM058
ControlNet to EtherNet/IP Migration Reference Manual, Provides information to migrate from an existing ControlNet® network to an EtherNet/IP™ network.
publication NET-RM001
ControlLogix System User Manual, publication 1756-UM001 Describes how to install, configure, program, and operate a ControlLogix system.
Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system.
publication 1770-4.1
Product Certifications website, rok.auto/certifications. Provides declarations of conformity, certificates, and other certification details.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 9

Preface

Notes:

10 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 1
ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules Overview
This chapter provides an overview of the ControlLogix® analog I/O modules to explain to you
how they operate.

ControlLogix analog I/O modules are interface modules that convert analog signals to digital
values for inputs and convert digital values to analog signals for outputs. Controllers can then
use these signals for control purposes.

By using the Producer/Consumer network model, ControlLogix analog I/O modules produce
information when needed while providing additional system functions.
ControlLogix Analog I/O Module Features
Feature Description
Removal and insertion You can remove and insert modules and removable terminal blocks (RTB) while
under power (RIUP) power is applied.
Producer/Consumer This communication is an intelligent data exchange between modules and other
communication system devices in which each module produces data without first being polled.
A 15-bit module-specific rolling time stamp with millisecond resolution that
Rolling time stamp of data indicates when data was sampled and/or applied. This time stamp can be used to
calculate the interval between channel or field-side updates.
Analog I/O modules offer the option of IEEE 32-bit floating point or 16-bit integer
Multiple data formats data formats.
Analog input modules use 16-bit resolution, and analog output modules offer 13…16-
Module resolution bit output resolution (depending on the module type), to detect data changes.
Scaling to engineering units, alarming, and under/overrange detection, are some
Onboard features examples of the I/O module features.
ControlLogix analog I/O module ships from the factory with factory calibration. You
Calibration can recalibrate the module calibration on a channel-by-channel or module-wide
basis to increase accuracy in customer-specific applications, if necessary.
Coordinated system time A 64-bit system clock places a time stamp on the transfer of data between the
(CST) time stamp of data module and its owner-controller within the local chassis.
Full agency certification for in any application that requires approval.
Agency certification varies depending on the catalog number. For the latest I/O
Agency Certification module specifications, see the 1756 ControlLogix I/O Modules Technical Specifications,
publication 1756-TD002.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 11

Chapter 1 ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules Overview

I/O Modules in the ControlLogix modules mount in a ControlLogix chassis and use a removable terminal block
ControlLogix System (RTB) or a Bulletin 1492 interface module (IFM)(1) cable to connect to all field-side wiring.
This section assumes that you’ve selected and sized the components of your ControlLogix
system. In addition to standard ControlLogix power supplies, ControlLogix Redundant Power
Supplies are also available.

IMPORTANT The power requirements of series B and C 1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-

OF8, or 1756-OF8K modules are higher than series A modules. Prior to
module replacement, consider the following:
• The total power supply consumption of a system that includes one or
more series B and C 1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, or 1756-OF8K
modules within a series C chassis, cannot exceed 75 W @ 60 °C (140 °F).
• The total power supply consumption of a system that includes one or
more series B and C 1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, or 1756-OF8K
modules within a series B chassis, cannot exceed 75 W @ 55 °C (131 °F).

For more information on choosing the correct power supply for your ControlLogix system, see
these resources:
• The ControlLogix Selection Guide, publication 1756-SG001, provides a high-level selection
process for ControlLogix system components.
• The 1756 ControlLogix I/O Modules Technical Specifications, publication 1756-TD002,
provides detailed specifications for ControlLogix I/O modules that are needed to size a
system.
• The Integrated Architecture® Builder (IAB) software from Rockwell Automation https://
www.rockwellautomation.com/en-us/support/product/product-selection-
configuration/integrated-architecture-builder.html provides advanced selection
assistance and a graphical interface for designing systems.
• The interactive spreadsheet available in Knowledgebase Technote, Sizing the
ControlLogix Power Supply that lets you enter a chassis configuration and automatically
calculates the total power supply consumption.

IMPORTANT You must have a support agreement with Rockwell Automation to

access the Knowledgebase.
For more information, contact your local Allen-Bradley
distributor or sales representative.

(1) The ControlLogix system has been agency certified using only the ControlLogix RTBs (1756-TBCH, 1756-TBNH, 1756-TBSH, and
1756-TBS6H). Any application that requires agency certification of the ControlLogix system using other wiring termination
methods can require application-specific approval by the certifying agency. To see what analog interface modules are used
with each ControlLogix analog I/O module, see Appendix B.

12 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 1 ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules Overview

Before you install and use your module, do the following:

• Install and ground a 1756 chassis and power supply.
For information about how to install a wide range of ControlLogix power supplies, see
publication 1756-IN619.
For information about how to install a wide range of ControlLogix chassis, see
publication 1756-IN621.
• Order and receive the RTB or IFM and its components compatible for use with your
application.

IMPORTANT RTBs and IFMs aren’t included with your module purchase.
Parts of the ControlLogix Analog I/O Module

Series A Series B

ANALOG INPUT 5 1756-IF8

3 CAL CALIBRATION

OK OK Removable
Terminal Block
HART

4
2

1 6

Item Description
1 Backplane connector - Interface for the ControlLogix system that connects the module to the backplane.
2 Top and bottom guides - Guides provide assistance in seating the RTB or IFM cable onto the module.
3 Status indicators - Indicators display the status of communication, module health, and input/output devices. Indicators help in troubleshooting anomalies.
4 Connectors pins - Input/output, power, and grounding connections are made to the module through these pins with the use of an RTB or IFM.
5 Locking tab - The locking tab anchors the RTB or IFM cable on the module, maintaining wiring connections.
6 Slots for keying - Mechanically keys the RTB to help prevent inadvertently making the wrong wire connections to your module.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 13

Chapter 1 ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules Overview

Module Identification and Each ControlLogix I/O module maintains specific identification information that separates it
from all other modules. This information assists you in tracking all system components.
Status Information
For example, you can track module identification information to be aware of exactly what
modules are in any ControlLogix rack at any time. While retrieving module identity, you can
also retrieve the module’s status.
Module Identification and Status Information
Item Description
Product Type Module’s product type, such as Analog I/O
Catalog Code Module’s catalog number(1)
Major Revision Module’s major revision number
Minor Revision Module’s minor revision number
Module’s status that shows the following information:
• Controller ownership (if any)
• Whether the module has been configured

Device Specific Status, such as:

• Self-test
• Update in progress
• Communications fault
Status • Not owned (outputs in program mode)
• Internal fault (need update)
• Run mode
• Program mode (output modules only)
• Minor recoverable fault
• Minor unrecoverable fault
• Major recoverable fault
• Major nonrecoverable fault
Vendor ID Module manufacturer vendor, for example Allen-Bradley
Serial Number Module serial number
Length of ASCII Text String Number of characters in module’s text string
ASCII Text String Number of characters in module’s text string
(1) Catalog numbers followed by a “K” indicate a conformal coating option.

IMPORTANT You must perform a WHO service via RSLinx® Classic or

FactoryTalk® Linx to retrieve this information.

14 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 1 ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules Overview

Preventing Electrostatic This module is sensitive to electrostatic discharge.

Discharge
ATTENTION: This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge, which
can cause internal damage and affect normal operation. Follow these
guidelines when you handle this equipment:
• Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static.
• Wear an approved grounding wriststrap.
• Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards.
• Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment.
• If available, use a static-safe workstation.
• When not in use, store the equipment in appropriate static-safe packaging.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 15

Chapter 1 ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules Overview

Notes:

16 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 2
Analog I/O Operation in the
ControlLogix System
I/O modules are interfaces between the controller and the field devices that comprise the
ControlLogix® system. Analog signals, which are continuous, are converted by the module and
used by the controller to mandate field-device results.

This chapter describes how analog I/O modules operate within the ControlLogix system.

Ownership Every I/O module in the ControlLogix system must be owned by a ControlLogix controller. This
owner-controller:
• stores configuration data for every module that it owns.
• can be local or remote in regard to the I/O module’s position.
• sends the I/O module configuration data to define the module’s behavior and begin
operation within the control system.

Each ControlLogix I/O module must continuously maintain communication with its owner to
operate normally.

Typically, each module in the system has one owner only. Input modules can have multiple
owners. Output modules, however, are limited to a single owner.

For more information on the increased flexibility that is provided by multiple owners and the
ramifications of using multiple owners, see page 23.

Direct Connections ControlLogix analog I/O modules use direct connections only.

A direct connection is a real-time data transfer link between the controller and the device that
occupies the slot that the configuration data references. When module configuration data is
downloaded to an owner-controller, the controller attempts to establish a direct connection to
each of the modules referenced by the data.

If a controller has configuration data referencing a slot in the control system, the controller
periodically checks for the presence of a device there. When a device’s presence is detected
there, the controller automatically sends the configuration data, and one of the following
events occurs:
• If the data is appropriate to the module found in the slot, a connection is made and
operation begins.
• If the configuration data isn’t appropriate, the data is rejected and an error message
displays in the software. In this case, the configuration data can be inappropriate for
any of a number of reasons.
For example, a module’s configuration data can be appropriate except for a mismatch
in electronic keying that helps prevent normal operation.

The controller maintains and monitors its connection with a module. Any break in the
connection, such as removal of the module from the chassis while under power, causes the
controller to set fault status bits in the data area associated with the module.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 17

Chapter 2 Analog I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System

Input Module Operation In traditional I/O systems, controllers poll input modules to obtain their input status. In the
ControlLogix system, a controller does not poll analog input modules after a connection is
established. Instead, the modules multicast their data periodically. The frequency depends on
the options that are chosen during configuration and where in the control system that input
module physically resides.

An input module’s behavior varies depending upon whether it operates in the local chassis or
in a remote chassis. The following sections detail the differences in data transfers between
these set-ups.

Input Modules in a Local When a module resides in the same chassis as the owner-controller, these two configuration
parameters affect how and when an input module produces data.
Chassis
Real Time Sample (RTS)
This configurable parameter, which is set during the initial configuration by using the Studio
5000 Logix Designer® application, instructs the module to perform two basic operations:
1. Scan all of its input channels and store the data into onboard memory.
2. Multicast the updated channel data (and other status data) to the backplane of the local
chassis.
Data Operations Under RTS Configuration

Onboard Memory
1
Status Data

Channel Data Ch 0

Channel Data Ch 1

2 Channel Data Ch 2

Channel Data Ch 3

Channel Data Ch 4

Channel Data Ch 5

Timestamp

18 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 2 Analog I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System

Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

This configurable parameter also instructs the module to multicast its channel and status data
to the local chassis backplane.

The RPI, however, instructs the module to produce the current contents of its onboard memory
when the RPI expires (that is, the module does not update its channels before the multicast).

Onboard Memory

Status Data

Channel Data Ch 0

Channel Data Ch 1

Channel Data Ch 2

Channel Data Ch 3

Channel Data Ch 4

Channel Data Ch 5

Timestamp

IMPORTANT The RPI value is set during the initial module configuration using the
programming software. To avoid interrupting control and a temporary
loss of connection, make adjustments to this value when the controller
is in Program mode.

The module resets the RPI timer each time an RTS is performed. This operation dictates how
and when the owner-controller in the local chassis receives updated channel data, depending
on the values given to these parameters.

If the RTS value is less than or equal to the RPI, each multicast of data from the module
contains updated channel information. The module is only multicasting at the RTS rate.

If the RTS value is greater than the RPI, the module produces at both the RTS rate and the RPI
rate. Their respective values dictate how often the owner-controller receives data and how
many multicasts from the module contain updated channel data.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 19

Chapter 2 Analog I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System

In this example, the RTS value is 100 ms and the RPI value is 25 ms. Only every fourth multicast
from the module contains updated channel data.

RTS
100 ms - Updated data

RPI
25 ms - Same input data as
the previous RTS

25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400
Time (ms)

Triggering Event Tasks

When configured, ControlLogix analog input modules can trigger an event task. The event task
lets you execute a section of logic immediately when an event (that is, receipt of new data)
occurs.
Your ControlLogix analog I/O module can trigger event tasks every RTS, after the module has
sampled and multicast its data. Events tasks are useful for synchronizing process variable
(PV) samples and proportional integral derivative (PID) calculations.

IMPORTANT ControlLogix analog I/O modules can trigger event tasks at every RTS
but not at the RPI. For example, if the RTS value is 100 ms and the RPI
value is 25 ms, an event task can be only triggered every 100 ms.

Input Modules in a When remote analog input modules are connected to the owner-controller via an EtherNet/IP™
network, data is transferred to the owner-controller in the following way:
Remote Chassis
• At the RTS or RPI (whichever is faster), the module broadcasts data within its own
chassis.
• The 1756 Ethernet bridge in the remote chassis immediately sends the module’s data
over the network to the owner-controller as long as it hasn’t sent data within a time
frame that is one-quarter the value of the analog input module’s RPI.
For example, if an analog input module uses an RPI = 100 ms, the Ethernet module
sends module data immediately on receiving it if another data packet wasn’t sent
within the last 25 ms.
The Ethernet module either multicasts the module’s data to all devices on the network
or unicasts to a specific owner-controller depending on the setting of the Unicast box,
as shown on page 82.
For more information, see the Guidelines to Specify an RPI Rate for I/O
Modules section in the Logix5000 Controllers Design Considerations
Reference Manual, publication 1756-RM094.

If connecting via a ControlNet® network, refer to Appendix E.

20 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 2 Analog I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System

Output Module Operation The RPI parameter governs exactly when an analog output module receives data from the
owner-controller and when the output module echoes data. An owner-controller sends data to
an analog output module only at the period specified in the RPI. Data isn’t sent to the module at
the end of the controller’s program scan.
When an analog output module receives new data from an owner-controller (that is, every RPI),
the module automatically multicasts or ‘echoes’ a data value that corresponds to the analog
signal present at the output terminals to the rest of the control system. This feature, called
Output Data Echo, occurs whether the output module is local or remote.

Depending on the value of the RPI, the output module can receive and ‘echo’ data multiple
times during one program scan regarding the length of the controller program scan.

When the RPI is less than the program scan length, the controller effectively allows the
module’s output channels to change values multiple times during a one program scan because
the output module isn’t dependent on reaching the end of the program to send data.

Output Modules in a Specifying an RPI value for an analog output module instructs the controller when to broadcast
the output data to the module. If the module resides in the same chassis as the owner-
Local Chassis controller, the module receives the data almost immediately after the controller sends it.

Owner-controller Output module

Data sent from owner at the RPI

Output Modules in a When remote analog output modules are connected to the owner-controller via an EtherNet/IP
network, the controller multicasts data in the following ways:
Remote Chassis
• At the RPI, the owner-controller multicasts data within its own chassis.
• When the RPI timer expires or a programmed Immediate Output (IOT) instruction is
executed. An IOT sends data immediately and resets the RPI timer.

If connecting via a ControlNet network, refer to Appendix E.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 21

Chapter 2 Analog I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System

Listen-only Mode Any controller in the system can listen to the data from any I/O module (that is, input data or
‘echoed’ output data) even if the controller does not own the module. In other words, the
controller does not have to own a module’s configuration data to listen to it.

During the I/O configuration process, you can specify one of several ‘Listen-Only’ modes on the
Module Definition dialog box.

Choosing a ‘Listen-Only’ mode option allows the controller and module to establish
communications without the controller sending any configuration data. In this instance,
another controller owns the module being listened to.

IMPORTANT If a ‘Listen-Only’ connection is used by any controller to the module, any

connections over the Ethernet network can’t use the Unicast option. For
more information regarding the Unicast box, see page 82.
The ‘Listen-Only’ controller continues to receive multicast data from the
I/O module as long as a connection between an owner-controller and an
I/O module is maintained.
If the connection between all owner-controllers and the module is
broken, the module stops multicasting data and connections to all
‘Listening controllers’ are also broken.

Multiple Owners of Because ‘Listening controllers’ lose their connections to modules when communication with
the owner stops, the ControlLogix system lets you define multiple owners for input modules.
Input Modules
IMPORTANT Only input modules can have multiple owners. If multiple owners are
connected to the same input module, they must maintain an identical
configuration for that module.
In this example, Controller A and Controller B are configured as the owner of the input module.
Controller A Input Module Controller B

Initial Configuration Controller A Initial Configuration Controller B

Input Module Input Module

Configuration Configuration
Data Data
Xxxxx Xxxxx
A B
Xxxxx Xxxxx
Xxxxx Xxxxx

When multiple controllers are configured to own the same input module, these events occur:
• When the controllers begin downloading configuration data, both try to establish a
connection with the input module.
• Whichever controller’s data arrives first establishes a connection.
• When the second controller’s data arrives, the module compares it to its current
configuration data (the data that is received and accepted from the first controller).
- If the configuration data that is sent by the second controller matches the
configuration data that is sent by the first controller the connection is also accepted.
- If any parameter of the second configuration data differs from the first, the module
rejects the connection and the programming software generates an error message.

The advantage of multiple owners over a ‘Listen-only’ connection is that, if either of the
controllers lose the connection to the module, the module continues to operate and multicast
data to the system because of the connection maintained by the other owner-controller.

22 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 2 Analog I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System

Configuration Changes in an You must be careful when changing an input module’s configuration data in a multiple owner
scenario. When the configuration data is changed in one of the owners, for example, Controller
Input Module with A, and sent to the module, that configuration data is accepted as the new configuration for the
Multiple Owners module. Controller B continues to listen, unaware that any changes have been made in the
module’s behavior.
Controller A Input Module Controller B

Modified Configuration Controller A Initial Configuration Controller B

Input Module Input Module

Configuration Configuration
Data Data
Xxxxx Xxxxx
A B
Yyyyy Xxxxx
Xxxxx Xxxxx

Controller B is unaware that the changes were made by Controller A.

IMPORTANT A popup screen in the programming software alerts you to the

possibility of a multiple owner situation and lets you inhibit the
connection before changing the module’s configuration. When changing
configuration for a module with multiple owners, we recommend that
the connection is inhibited.

To help prevent other owners from receiving potentially erroneous data, do the following steps
when changing a module’s configuration in a multiple owner-controller scenario while online.
1. For each owner-controller, inhibit the controller’s connection to the module, either in
the software on the Connection category or the popup window warning of the multiple
owner-controller condition.
2. Make the appropriate configuration data changes in the software.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for all owner-controllers, making the exact same changes in all
controllers.
4. Disable the Inhibit box in each owner’s configuration.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 23

Chapter 2 Analog I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System

Notes:

24 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 3
ControlLogix Analog I/O Module Features
This chapter describes features that are common to all ControlLogix® analog
I/O modules.

ControlLogix analog input modules convert an analog signal, which is measured in either volts,
millivolts, milliamps, or ohms, that’s connected to the module's screw terminals into a digital
value.

The digital value that represents the magnitude of the analog signal is then transmitted on the
backplane to either a controller or other control entities.

ControlLogix output modules convert a digital value that is delivered to the module via the
backplane into an analog signal of -10.5…10.5 volts
or 0…21 milliamps.
The digital value represents the magnitude of the desired analog signal. The module converts
the digital value into an analog signal and provides this signal on the module's screw
terminals.

Common Analog I/O Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP)

Features
All ControlLogix I/O modules can be inserted and removed from the chassis while power is
applied. This feature allows greater availability of the overall control system because, while
the module is being removed or inserted, there’s no additional disruption to the rest of the
controlled process.

Module Fault Reporting

ControlLogix analog I/O modules provide both hardware and software indications when a
module fault has occurred. Each module has a status fault indicator. The Studio 5000 Logix
Designer® application graphically displays this fault and includes a fault message that
describes the nature of the fault. This feature lets you determine how your module has been
affected and what action is to be taken to resume normal operation.

For more information on module fault reporting as it relates to specific modules, see
Chapter 4 for information about the IF16 and IF8 modules, Chapter 5 for information about the
OF4 and OF8 modules, and Appendix C and Appendix D for support with legacy modules.

Electronic Keying
Electronic Keying reduces the possibility that you use the wrong device in a control system. It
compares the device that is defined in your project to the installed device. If keying identifies
an attribute that doesn’t match, a fault occurs.
Electronic Keying Device Attributes
Attribute Description
Vendor The device manufacturer.
Device Type The general type of the product, for example, digital I/O module.
Product Code The specific type of the product. The Product Code maps to a catalog number.
Major Revision A number that represents the functional capabilities of a device.
Minor Revision A number that represents behavior changes in the device.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 25

Chapter 3 ControlLogix Analog I/O Module Features

Electronic Keying Options

Keying Option Description
Lets the installed device accept the key of the device that is defined in the project when the
installed device can emulate the defined device. With Compatible Module, you can typically
replace a device with another device that has the following characteristics:
Compatible • Same catalog number
Module • Same or higher Major Revision
• Minor Revision as follows:
– If the Major Revision is the same, the Minor Revision must be the same or higher.
– If the Major Revision is higher, the Minor Revision can be any number.
Indicates that the keying attributes aren’t considered when attempting to communicate with a
device. With Disable Keying, communication can occur with a device other than the type
specified in the project.
Disable Keying ATTENTION: Be extremely cautious when using Disable Keying; if used incorrectly, this option
can lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss.
We strongly recommend that you do not use Disable Keying.
If you use Disable Keying, you must take full responsibility for understanding whether the device
being used can fulfill the functional requirements of the application.
Indicates that all keying attributes must match to establish communication. If any attribute does
Exact Match not match precisely, communication with the device does not occur.

Carefully consider the implications of each keying option when selecting one.

IMPORTANT Changing Electronic Keying parameters online interrupts connections

to the device and any devices that are connected through the device.
Connections from other controllers can also be broken.
If an I/O connection to a device is interrupted, the result can be a loss
of data.

For more detailed information on Electronic Keying, see Electronic Keying in Logix 5000™
Control Systems Application Technique, publication LOGIX-AT001.

Access to System Clock for Time Stamp Functions

Controllers within the ControlLogix chassis maintain a system clock. This clock is also known
as the coordinated system time (CST). You can configure your analog I/O modules to access
this clock and time stamp input data or output echo data when the module multicasts to the
system. You decide how to time stamp data when you choose a Communication Format on the
Module Definition dialog box. For more information, see page 77.

This feature provides accurate calculations between events to help you identify the sequence
of events in either fault conditions or in the course of normal I/O operations. The system clock
can be used between multiple modules in the same chassis.

In systems using an EtherNet/IP™ network and 1588 Grandmaster time, the value of this time
stamp is still the CST time. You must convert this CST value to Grandmaster time in the
controller.

Rolling Time Stamp

Each module maintains a rolling time stamp that is unrelated to the CST. The rolling time
stamp is a continuously running 15-bit timer that counts
in milliseconds.

For input modules, whenever a module scans its channels, it also records the value of the
rolling time stamp. The user program can then use the last two rolling time stamp values and
calculate the interval between receipt of data or the time when new data has been received.

For output modules, the rolling time stamp value is only updated when new values are applied
to the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC).

26 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 3 ControlLogix Analog I/O Module Features

Producer/Consumer Model
By using the Producer/Consumer model, ControlLogix I/O modules can produce data without
being polled by a controller first. The modules produce the data and any owner or listen-only
controller device can consume it.

For example, an input module produces data and any number of processors can consume the
data simultaneously. This eliminates the need for one processor to send the data to another
processor.

Status Indicator Information

ControlLogix analog I/O modules use status indicators to show the health and operational
status a module.
ControlLogix Analog I/O Module Status Indicators
Status Description
Calibration Display indicates when your module is in the calibration mode.
Module Display indicates the module’s communication status.

For a list of status indicators and descriptions, see Chapter 9.

Full Class I Division 2 Compliance

ControlLogix analog I/O modules maintain CSA Class I Division 2 system certification. This
allows a ControlLogix system to be in an environment other than one that’s 100% hazard-free.

IMPORTANT Do not pull modules under power or remove a powered RTB bed when a
hazardous environment is present.

Agency Certification
Any ControlLogix analog I/O modules that have obtained various agency certifications are
marked as such. Ultimately, all analog modules are to obtain these agency approvals and
display the according markings.

Field Calibration
ControlLogix analog I/O modules can be calibrated on a channel-by-channel or module-wide
basis. The Studio 5000 Logix Designer® application provides an interface to perform
calibration.
For calibration procedures, see Chapter 8.

Sensor Offset
You can add this offset directly to the input or output during calibration calculation. The
purpose of this feature is to let you compensate for any sensor offset errors that exist. Such
offset errors are common in thermocouple sensors.
To set a sensor offset, see page 84.

Latching of Alarms
The latching feature allows analog I/O modules to latch an alarm in the set position once it has
been triggered, even if the condition causing the alarm to occur disappears.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 27

Chapter 3 ControlLogix Analog I/O Module Features

Data Format
During initial configuration of any ControlLogix analog I/O module, you must choose a
Communication Format. The format determines the data format of data that is exchanged
between the owner-controller and the I/O module.

Some features may not be available for use with all data format options. For example, if you
use an integer data format with the 1756-OF6CI module, the clamping feature isn’t available for
use. The data format limitations of various modules are described throughout this document.
ControlLogix Analog I/O Module Communication Formats
Format type Description
This mode uses a 16-bit signed format and allows faster sampling rates while using less memory
in the controller but also limits the availability of features on your module.
Integer The faster sampling rates and lower memory usage vary according to module and application
type. For more information on the specific sampling rates, see the Module Filter section in the
module-specific chapters. Memory usage can be up to 50% less than in floating point.
Floating point This mode uses a 32-bit IEEE floating point format and offers all module features.

We recommend that you use the floating point data format in most applications.
Floating point is simpler to use. All ControlLogix analog I/O modules default to
floating point when initially configured.
Use only the integer data format if your application requires faster sampling rates
than offered in floating point or if your application memory is extremely limited.
Module Inhibiting
Module inhibiting lets you indefinitely suspend a connection between an owner-controller and
an analog I/O module. This process can occur in either of the following ways:
• You configure an I/O module but inhibit the module to prevent it from communicating
with the owner-controller. In this case, the owner does not establish a connection and
configuration isn’t sent to the module until the connection is uninhibited.
• In your application, a controller already owns a module, has downloaded the
configuration to the module, and is exchanging data over the connection between the
devices. In this case, you can inhibit the module and the owner-controller behaves as if
the connection to the module does not exist.

IMPORTANT Whenever you inhibit an output module, it enters the Program mode and
all outputs change to the state configured for the Program mode. For
example, if an output module is configured so that the state of the
outputs change to zero during Program mode, whenever that module is
inhibited, the outputs change to zero.

The following examples are instances that can require the use of module inhibiting:
• Multiple controllers own the same analog input module. A change is required in the
module’s configuration; however, the change must be made to the program in all
controllers. In this case, you can:
a. Inhibit the module.
b. Change configuration in all controllers.
c. Uninhibit the module.
• You want to update the firmware of an analog I/O module. We recommend you:
a. Inhibit the module.
b. Perform the upgrade.
c. Uninhibit the module.
• You’re using a program that includes a module that you do not physically possess yet,
but you don’t want the controller to look continuously for a module that doesn’t exist
yet. You can inhibit the module in the program until you can place it in the proper slot.

28 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 3 ControlLogix Analog I/O Module Features

Relationship Between This section describes the close relationship between module resolution, scaling, and data
Module Resolution, Scaling, format.
and Data Format Module Resolution
Resolution is the smallest amount of change that the module can detect. Analog input modules
are capable of 16-bit resolution. Output modules are capable of 13…16 bit resolution, depending
on the module type.

The 16 bits represent 65,536 counts. This total is fixed but the operational range that you
choose for your module determines the value of each count.

For example, the 1756-IF6I module has an available current range of 21 mA. If the range is
divided by the number of counts to figure out the value of each count, one count is
approximately 0.34 µA.

0 mA 21 mA

65,536 counts

21 mA/65,536 counts ~ 0.34 A/count

IMPORTANT Module resolution is fixed. It does not change regardless of what data
format you choose or how you scale your module in floating point mode.
Resolution is based on the module hardware and the range selected. If
you use a limited range sensor, you don’t change the module resolution.

This table lists the range and resolution of the analog I/O modules.

Current Values Represented in Engineering Units

Module Range Number of Significant Bits Resolution
+/- 10.25V 320 µV/count
1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K, 0…10.25V 160 µV/count
16 bits
1756-IF8, and 1756-IF8K 0…5.125V 80 µV/count
0…20.5 mA 0.32 µA/count
1756-IF6CIS 0 mA…21 mA 16 bits 0.34 µA/count
+/- 10.5V 343 µV/count
0…10.5V 171 µV/count
1756-IF6I 16 bits
0…5.25V 86 µV/count
0…21 mA 0.34 µA/count
1…487  7.7 M/count
2…1000  15 M/count
1756-IR6I 16 bits
4…2000  30 M/count
8…4020  60 M/count
-12…+30 mV 0.7 µV/count
1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 16 bits
-12…+78 mV 1.4 µV/count
1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, +/- 10.4V 320 µV/count
16 bits
1756-OF8, and 1756-OF8K 0…21 mA 325 nA/count
1756-OF6VI +/- 10.5V 14 bits 1.3 mV
1756-OF6CI 0…21 mA 13 bits 2.7 µA

For information regarding the module resolution of the ControlLogix High Resolution Analog I/O
Modules, see publication 1756-UM540.

IMPORTANT Because these modules must allow for possible calibration

inaccuracies, resolution values represent the available Analog to Digital
or Digital to Analog counts over the specified range.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 29

Chapter 3 ControlLogix Analog I/O Module Features

Scaling
With scaling, you change a quantity from one notation to another. For ControlLogix analog I/O
modules, scaling is only available with the floating point data format. When you scale a
channel, you must choose two points along the module’s operating range and apply low and
high values to those points.
For example, if you’re using the 1756-IF6I module in current mode, the module maintains a
0…21 mA range capability. But if your application uses a 4…20 mA transmitter, you can scale
the module to represent 4 mA as the low signal and 20 mA as the high signal.

Scaling lets you configure the module to return data to the controller so that 4 mA returns a
value of 0% in engineering units and 20 mA returns a value of 100% in engineering units.
Module Resolution Compared to Module Scaling

Module Resolution
0 mA 21 mA

Module scaling represents the data 65,536 counts

that is returned from the module to
the controller.

4 mA 20 mA

Module Scaling 0% in Engineering Units 100% in Engineering Units

IMPORTANT In choosing two points for the low and high value of your application,
you do not limit the range of the module. The module’s range and its
resolution remain constant regardless of how you scale it for your
application.

The module can operate with values beyond the 4…20 mA range.

If an input signal beyond the low and high signals is present at the module
(that is, 3 mA), the data is represented in terms of the engineering units set during scaling.
This table shows an example of the values that could appear.
Current Values Represented in Engineering Units
Current Engineering Units Value
3 mA -6.25%
4 mA 0%
12 mA 50%
20 mA 100%
21 mA 106.25%

Data Format as Related to Resolution and Scaling

This section describes the details of and differences between the integer mode and floating
point mode data formats.

30 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 3 ControlLogix Analog I/O Module Features

Integer mode

This mode provides the most basic representation of analog data. When a module multicasts
data in the integer mode, the low and high signals of the input range are fixed.

IMPORTANT Scaling isn’t available in integer mode. The low signal of your
application range equals -32,768 counts while the high signal equals
32,767 counts.

In integer mode, input modules generate digital signal values that correspond to a range from
-32,768…+32,767 counts.

Input Signal to User Count Conversion

Input Module Available Range Low Signal and User Counts High Signal and User Counts
-10.25V 10.25V
+/- 10V -32768 counts 32,767 counts
0V 10.25V
0…10V
1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K, -32768 counts 32,767 counts
1756-IF8, and 1756-IF8K 0V 5.125V
0…5V
-32768 counts 32,767 counts
0 mA 20.58 mA
0…20 mA -32768 counts 32,767 counts
0 mA 21.09376 mA
1756-IF6CIS 0…20 mA -32768 counts 32,767 counts
-10.54688V 10.54688V
+/- 10V
-32768 counts 32,767 counts
0V 10.54688V
0…10V -32768 counts 32,767 counts
1756-IF6I
0V 5.27344V
0…5V -32768 counts 32,767 counts
0 mA 21.09376 mA
0…20 mA -32768 counts 32,767 counts
0.859068653  507.862 
1…487  -32768 counts 32,767 counts
2 1016.502 
2…1000  -32768 counts 32,767 counts
1756-IR6I
4 2033.780 
4…2000  -32768 counts 32,767 counts
8 4068.392 
8…4020  -32768 counts 32,767 counts
-15.80323 mV 31.396 mV
-12…30mV -32768 counts 32,767 counts
1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2
-15.15836 mV 79.241 mV
-12…78mV -32768 counts 32,767 counts

You can generate an analog signal at the screw terminals of an output module that
corresponds to a range from -32,768…+32,767 counts.

This table lists the conversions a generated digital signal to the number of counts.
Output Signal to User Count Conversion
Output Module Available Range Low Signal and User Counts High Signal and User Counts
1756-OF4, 0 mA 21.2916 mA
0…20 mA
1756-OF4K, -32,768 counts 32,767 counts
1756-OF8, -10.4336V 10.4336V
1756-OF8K +/- 10V -32,768 counts 32,767 counts
0 mA 21.074 mA
1756-OF6CI 0…20 mA -32,768 counts 32,767 counts
-10.517V 10.517V
1756-OF6VI +/- 10V -32,768 counts 32,767 counts

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 31

Chapter 3 ControlLogix Analog I/O Module Features

Floating point mode

This mode lets you change the data representation of the selected module. Although the full
range of the module does not change, you can scale your module to represent I/O data in
terms specific for your application.

For example, if you’re using the 1756-IF6I module in floating point mode and choose an input
range of 0 mA…20 mA, the module can use signals within the range of 0 mA…21 mA but you can
scale the module to represent data between 4 mA…20 mA as the low and high signals in
engineering units.

For an example of how to define data representation in engineering units through the
programming software, see page 84.
Difference Between Integer and Floating Point

The key difference between choosing integer mode or floating point mode is that the integer is
fixed between -32,768…+32,767 counts and floating point mode provides scaling to represent
I/O data in specific engineering units for your application. Module resolution remains constant
between the formats at 0.34 µA/count.
This table shows the difference in the data that is returned from the 1756-IF6I module to the
controller between data formats. In this case, the module uses the 0 mA…20 mA input range
with 4 mA scaled to 0% and 20 mA scaled to 100%.
1756-IF6I Module Using Different Data Types
Fixed Number of Counts Data Representation in Floating Point Mode
Signal Value in Integer Mode (Engineering Units)
0 mA -32,768 counts -25%
4 mA -20,341 counts 0%
12 mA 4514 counts 50%
20 mA 29,369 counts 100%
21.09376 mA 32,767 counts 106.25%

32 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 4
Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input
Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)
This chapter describes features specific to ControlLogix® non-isolated, analog voltage/current
input modules.

The non-isolated analog voltage/current input modules support all the features that are
described in this chapter and Chapter 3.

Choose a Wiring Method The 1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K, 1756-IF8, and 1756-IF8K modules support single-ended, differential,
and high-speed mode differential wiring methods.

Examples of each of these wiring methods on the 1756-IF16 and 1756-IF16K modules begin on
page 43. Examples of each of these wiring methods on the 1756-IF8 and 1756-IF8K modules
begin on page 47.

Single-ended Wiring Method

Single-ended wiring compares one side of the signal input to the signal ground. This
difference is used by the module to generate digital data for the controller.

When using the single-ended wiring method, all input devices are tied to a common ground.
The use of single-ended wiring and the common ground maximizes the number of usable
channels on the module (eight channels for the 1756-IF8 and 1756-IF8K modules and 16
channels for the 1756-IF16 and 1756-IF16K modules).

Differential Wiring Method

The differential wiring method is recommended for applications that can have separate signal
pairs or a common ground isn’t available. Differential wiring is recommended for
environments where improved noise immunity is needed.

IMPORTANT This wiring method lets you use only half of the channels on a module.
You can use only eight channels on the 1756-IF16 and 1756-IF16K
modules and four channels on the 1756-IF8 and 1756-IF8K modules.

In differential mode, the channels aren’t totally isolated from each other. If multiple
differential input signals have different voltage common references, one channel could affect
the reading of another channel. If this condition can’t be avoided, then wire these inputs on
different modules or replace the non-isolated module with an isolated input module.

High-speed Mode Differential Wiring Method

You can configure the 1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K, 1756-IF8, and 1756-IF8K modules for a high-speed
mode that gives you the fastest data updates possible. When using the high-speed mode,
remember these conditions:
• This mode uses the differential wiring method.
• This mode only allows use of one out of every four channels on the module.

Update times for applications that use the high-speed mode can be found on page 35.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 33

Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

Choose a Data Format Data format determines the format of the data that is returned from the module to the owner-
controller and the features that are available to your application. There are many possible
Input Module Communication Formats to choose from when you configure your module.

When you choose a Communication Format, you can select one of two data formats:
• Integer mode
• Floating point mode
Features Available in Each Data Format
Data Format Features Available Features Not Available
Process alarms
Multiple input ranges Digital filtering
Integer mode Module filter Rate alarms
Real-time sampling Scaling
Floating point mode All features See the following

IMPORTANT When using the 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF16K module in single-ended mode

(that is, 16-channel mode) with a floating point data format, process and
rate alarms aren’t available.
This condition only exists when the 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF16K module is
wired for single-ended mode. The 1756-IF8 or 1756-IF8K isn’t affected.

Features Specific to The following features are specific to the 1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K, 1756-IF8, and 1756-IF8K
Non-Isolated Analog
modules.

Input Modules Multiple Input Ranges

You can select from a series of operational ranges for each channel on your module. The range
designates the minimum and maximum signals that are detectable by the module.
1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K, 1756-IF8, and 1756-IF8K Module Input Ranges
Module Possible Ranges
-10…+10V
0…5V
1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K, 1756-IF8, and 1756-IF8K 0…10V
0…20 mA

For an example of how to choose an input range for your module, see page 84.

Module Filter
The module filter is a built-in feature of the analog-to-digital converter that attenuates the
input signal, which begins at the specified frequency. This feature is applied on a module-wide
basis.
The module attenuates the selected frequency by approximately -3 dB or 0.707 of the applied
amplitude. This selected frequency is also called the bandwidth of the module.
An input signal with frequencies above the selected frequency is attenuated more, while
frequencies below the selection receive no attenuation.

A by-product of the filter selection, in addition to frequency rejection, is the minimum sample
rate (RTS) that is available. For example, in floating point mode, the 1000 Hz selection does not
attenuate any frequencies less than
1000 Hz, but allows sampling of all 16 channels within 18 ms. But the
10 Hz selection attenuates all frequencies above 10 Hz and allows only sampling of all 16
channels within 488 ms.

34 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

IMPORTANT The default setting for the module filter is 60 Hz. This setting provides
approximately 3 dB of filtering of a 60 Hz input.
See this table to choose a module filter setting.
Filter Selections with Associated Performance Data
50…60 Hz
Module Filter Setting (-3 dB)(1) (2) Wiring Mode 10 Hz (Default) 100 Hz 250 Hz 1000 Hz
Single-ended 488 ms 88 ms 56 ms 28 ms 16 ms
Minimum sample time (RTS) Differential 244 ms 44 ms 28 ms 14 ms 8 ms
Integer mode High-speed differential 122 ms 22 ms 14 ms 7 ms 5 ms
Single-ended 488 ms 88 ms 56 ms 28 ms 18 ms
Minimum sample time (RTS) Differential 244 ms 44 ms 28 ms 14 ms 11 ms
Floating point mode High-speed differential 122 ms 22 ms 14 ms 7 ms 6 ms
Effective resolution 16 bits 16 bits 16 bits 14 bits 12 bits
(1) For optimal 50…60 Hz noise rejection (>80 dB), choose the 10 Hz filter.
(2) Worst case setting time to 100% of a step change is double the RTS sample times.

Real-time Sampling
This parameter instructs the module how often to scan its input channels and obtain all
available data. After the channels are scanned, the module multicasts that data. This feature is
applied on a module-wide basis.

During module configuration, you specify a real-time sampling (RTS) period and a requested
packet interval (RPI) period. Both of these features instruct the module to multicast data, but
only the RTS feature instructs the module to scan its channels before multicasting.

Underrange/Overrange Detection
This alarm feature detects when the non-isolated input module is operating beyond limits set
by the input range. For example, if you’re using the
1756-IF16 or 1756-IF16K module in the 0V…10V input range and the module voltage increases to
11V, the overrange detects this condition.

Table 13 shows the input ranges of non-isolated input modules and the lowest/highest signal
available in each range before the module detects an underrange/overrange condition.
Module Input Ranges and Lowest/Highest Signal
Input Module Available Range Lowest Signal in Range Highest Signal in Range
+/- 10V -10.25V 10.25V
1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K, 0V…10V 0V 10.25V
1756-IF8, and 1756-IF8K 0V…5V 0V 5.125V
0 mA…20 mA 0 mA 20.5 mA

IMPORTANT Be careful when ‘disabling all alarms’ on the channel because it also
disables the underrange/overrange detection feature. If alarms are
disabled, overrange/underrange is zero and the only way you can
discover a wire-off detection is from the input value itself. If you must
detect a wire-off status, do not ‘disable all alarms’.
We recommend that you disable only unused channels so extraneous
alarm bits aren’t set.

Digital Filter
The digital filter smooths input data noise transients for all channels on the module. This
feature is applied on a per channel basis.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 35

Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

The digital filter value specifies the time constant for a digital first order lag filter on the input.
It’s specified in units of milliseconds. A value of 0 disables the filter.

The digital filter equation is a classic first order lag equation.

[t]
Yn = Yn-1 + (Xn – Yn-1)
t + TA

Yn = Present output, filtered peak voltage (PV)

Yn-1 =Previous output, filtered PV
t = Module channel update time (seconds)
TA = Digital filter time constant (seconds)
Xn = Present input, unfiltered PV

This illustration uses a step input change to illustrate the filter response. You can see that
when the digital filter time constant elapses, 63.2% of the total response is reached. Each
additional time constant achieves 63.2% of the remaining response.

100%

63%

Amplitude

0
Unfiltered Input
TA = 0.01 sec
TA = 0.5 sec
TA = 0.99 sec

0 0.01 0.5 0.99 Time in Seconds

To see how to set the Digital Filter, see page 84.

Process Alarms
Process alarms alert you when the module has exceeded configured high or low limits for each
channel. You can latch process alarms. These are set at
four user configurable alarm trigger points.
• High high
• High
• Low
• Low low

IMPORTANT Process alarms aren’t available in integer mode or in applications using

a 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF16K module in the single-ended, floating point
mode. The values for each limit are entered in scaled engineering units.
Alarm Deadband

You can configure an alarm deadband to work with the process alarms. The deadband allows
the process alarm status bit to remain set, despite the disappearance of the alarm condition,
as long as the input data remains within the deadband of the process alarm.

36 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

This illustration shows input data that sets each of the four alarms at some point during
module operation. In this example, latching is disabled; therefore, each alarm turns Off when
the condition that caused it to set ceases to exist.

High high alarm turns On High high alarm turns Off

High alarm remains On High alarm remains On

High high
High alarm High alarm turns Off
turns On
High

Normal input range

Low alarms turn On Low alarms turn Off

Low Alarm deadbands

Low low

Low low alarms turn On Low low alarms turn Off

Low alarm remains On Low alarm remains On

To see how to set Process Alarms, see page 87.

Rate Alarm
The rate alarm triggers if the rate of change between input samples for each channel exceeds
the specified trigger point for that channel.

IMPORTANT Rate alarms aren’t available in integer mode or in applications that use
a 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF16K module in the single-ended, floating point
mode. The values for each limit are entered in scaled engineering units.
For example, if you set the 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF16K module (with normal scaling in volts) to a
rate alarm of 1.0 V/s, the rate alarm only triggers if the difference between measured input
samples changes at a rate > 1.0 V/s.

If the module’s RTS is 100 ms (that is, sampling new input data every 100 ms) and at time 0, the
module measures 5.0 volts and at time 100 ms measures
5.08V, the rate of change is (5.08V - 5.0V) / (100 ms) = 0.8 V/s. The rate alarm does not set as
the change is less than the trigger point of 1.0 V/s.

If the next sample taken is 4.9V, the rate of change is (4.9V…5.08V)/

(100 ms)=-1.8V/s. The absolute value of this result is > 1.0V/s, so the rate alarm sets. Absolute
value is applied because the rate alarm checks for the magnitude of the rate of change being
beyond the trigger point, whether a positive or negative excursion.

Wire Off Detection

The 1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K, 1756-IF8, and 1756-IF8K modules alert you when a signal wire only
has been disconnected from one of its channels or the RTB has been removed from the
module. When a wire-off condition occurs for this module, two events occur:
• Input data for that channel changes to a specific scaled value.
• A fault bit is set in the owner-controller that can indicate the presence of a wire-off
condition.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 37

Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

Because the 1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K, 1756-IF8, and 1756-IF8K modules can be applied in voltage or
current applications, differences exist as to how a wire-off condition is detected in each
application.

IMPORTANT Be careful when ‘disabling all alarms’ on the channel because it also
disables the underrange/overrange detection feature. If alarms are
disabled, overrange/underrange is zero and the only way you can
discover a wire-off detection is from the input value itself. If you must
detect a wire-off status, do not ‘disable all alarms’.
We recommend that you disable only unused channels so extraneous
alarm bits aren’t set.

This table details the events that occur when a wire-off condition occurs in various
applications.
Wire-Off Conditions
Condition Events
Single-ended Voltage Applications • Input data for odd-numbered channels changes to the scaled value
associated with the underrange signal value of the selected operational
range in floating point mode (minimum possible scaled value) or -32,767
counts in integer mode
The ChxUnderrange (x = channel number) tag is set to 1
Single-Ended Current • Input data for even-numbered channels changes to the scaled value
associated with the overrange signal value of the selected operational
range in floating point mode (maximum possible scaled value) or 32,767
counts in integer mode
The ChxOverrange (x= channel number) tag(1) is set to 1
• Input data for that channel changes to the scaled value associated with
the overrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating
Differential Voltage point mode (maximum possible scaled value) or 32,768 counts in
integer mode
The ChxOverrange (x= channel number) tag is set to 1
• Input data for that channel changes to the scaled value associated with
the overrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating
Differential Current Applications point mode (maximum possible scaled value) or 32,768 counts in
integer mode
The ChxOverrange (x= channel number) tag is set to 1
(1) For more information about tags in the tag editor, see Appendix A.

In current applications, wire-off detection occurs for one of the following reasons:
Because the RTB has been disconnected from the module
Both the signal wire and/or the jumper wire have been disconnected

38 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

Use Module Block and Input This section shows the block diagrams for 1756-IF16 and 1756-IF16K series A and B modules.
Circuit Diagrams 1756-IF16/A, 1756-IF16K/A Module Block Diagram
Field Side Backplane Side

DC-DC DC-DC RIUP

Converter Shutdown Circuit
Circuit
System
+5V

16-bit A/D
Channels 0…3 Converter
Opto- Micro- Backplane
isolation Controller ASIC
Vref

16-bit A/D
Channels 4…7 Converter
Serial
EEPROM
FLASH SRAM
ROM

16-bit A/D
Channels 8…11 Converter

Input Data
Configuration Data
Control

16-bit A/D
Channels 12…5 Converter

1756-IF16/B, 1756-IF16K/B Module Block Diagram

Field Side Backplane Side

DC-DC DC-DC RIUP

Converter Shutdown Circuit
Circuit
System
+5V
24-bit A/D
Channels 0…7 Converter
Micro- Backplane
Digital Controller ASIC
Isolation

Vref

24-bit A/D
Channels 8…15 Converter

FLASH
ROM

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 39

Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

This section shows the block diagrams for 1756-IF8 and 1756-IF8K series A and B modules.
1756-IF8/A, 1756-IF8K/A Module Block Diagram

Field Side Backplane Side

DC-DC RIUP
DC-DC
Shutdown Circuit
Converter
Circuit
System
+5V
Channels 0…3
16-bit A/D Opto- Micro-
isolation Backplane
Converter Controller ASIC

Vref
Channels 4 …7

16-bit A/D
Converter

Serial
Input Data EEPROM FLASH
ROM SRAM
Configuration Data Control

1756-IF8/B, 1756-IF8K/B Module Block Diagram

Field Side Backplane Side

DC-DC RIUP
DC-DC
Shutdown Circuit
Converter
Circuit
System
+5V
Channels 0…7 24-bit A/D
Digital Micro-
Converter Backplane
Isolation Controller
ASIC

Vref

Communication Bus

FLASH
ROM

40 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

Field-side Circuit Diagrams

The field-side circuit diagrams are the same for 1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K, 1756-IF8, and
1756-IF8K modules.
1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K, 1756-IF8, and 1756-IF8K Module Voltage Input Circuit Diagram
+ 15V

20 M

IN-0 10 k 10 k

+ 249 
iRTN-0 1/4 Watt 0.01 F Channel 0
V
16-bit
– A/D
Single-ended Voltage Inputs RTN
Converter

–
Channel 1
V iRTN-1 0.01 F
249 
+ 1/4 Watt

IN-1 10 k 10 k
20 M

+ 15V

20 M

IN-0 10 k 10 k

249  1/4 Watt

iRTN-0 0.01 F Channel 0

+ 16-bit
RTN A/D
Differential Voltage Inputs V Converter

–
Channel 1
iRTN-1 0.01 F
249  1/4 Watt

IN-1 10 k 10 k
20 M

– 15V

1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K, 1756-IF8, and 1756-IF8K Module Current Input Circuit Diagram

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 41

Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

+ 15V

20 M
IN-0 10 k 10 k

A
i 249  1/4 Watt
2-Wire iRTN-0 Channel 0
0.01 F
Transmitter Jumper
16-bit
RTN A/D
Single-ended Current Inputs
Converter

2-Wire Jumper
Channel 1
Transmitter iRTN-1 0.01 F
249  1/4 Watt
i

A IN-1 10 k 10 k
20 M

The A locations represent locations where you can – 15V

place additional loop devices
(strip chart recorders) in the current loop.

+ 15V

20 M

IN-0 10 k 10 k

A
Differential Current Inputs 249  1/4 Watt
iRTN-0 0.01 F Channel 0
i Jumper 16-bit
2-Wire RTN A/D
Transmitter Converter

Channel 1
iRTN-1 0.01 F
249  1/4 Watt

A 10 k 10 k
IN-1
20 M

– 15V

42 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

Wire the 1756-IF16 Module This section shows current and voltage wiring examples for the 1756-IF16 module.
1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K Module Differential Current Wiring Example

i
Channel 0
A
IN-0 2 1 iRTN-0
IN-1 4 3 iRTN-1
Jumper Wires
IN-2 6 5 iRTN-2
Shield Ground IN-3 8 7 iRTN-3
RTN 10 9 RTN
Channel 3 IN-4 12 11 iRTN-4
i IN-5 14 13 iRTN-5
2-Wire
User-provided + Transmitter IN-6 16 15 iRTN-6
A
Loop Power IN-7 18 17 iRTN-7
- IN-8 20 19 iRTN-8
IN-9 22 21 iRTN-9
Channel 6 IN-10 24 23 iRTN-10
i IN-11 26 25 iRTN-11
+ A RTN 28 27 RTN
Device + 4-Wire IN-12 30 29 iRTN-12
Supply Transmitter IN-13 32 31 iRTN-13
- – IN-14 34 33 iRTN-14
IN-15 36 35 iRTN-15

Shield Ground

Reference this table when wiring your 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF16K module in differential mode.

1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K Module Differential Current Wiring Reference

Channel Terminals Channel Terminals
Channel 0 IN-0 (+), IN-1 (-) & iRTN-0 Channel 4 IN-8 (+), IN-9 (-) & iRTN-8
Channel 1 IN-2 (+), IN-3 (-) & iRTN-2 Channel 5 IN-10 (+), IN-11 (-) & iRTN-10
Channel 2 IN-4 (+), IN-5 (-) & iRTN-4 Channel 6 IN-12 (+), IN-13 (-) & iRTN-12
Channel 3 IN-6 (+), IN-7 (-) & iRTN-6 Channel 7 IN-14 (+), IN-15 (-) & iRTN-14

Keep in mind the following:

• All terminals marked RTN are connected internally.
• A 249  current loop resistor is between IN-x and iRTN-x terminals.
• If multiple (+) or multiple (-) terminals are tied together, connect that tie point to an RTN
terminal to maintain the accuracy of the module.
• Place additional loop devices (strip chart recorders, so forth) at the A location in the
current loop.
• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.

IMPORTANT When operating in four-channel, high-speed mode, only use channels 0,

2, 4 and 6.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 43

Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K Module Differential Voltage Wiring Example

Channel 0
+
IN-0 2 1 iRTN-0
IN-1 4 3 iRTN-1
–
IN-2 6 5 iRTN-2
Shield Ground IN-3 8 7 iRTN-3
RTN 10 9 RTN
IN-4 12 11 iRTN-4
Channel 3 IN-5 14 13 iRTN-5
+
IN-6 16 15 iRTN-6
IN-7 18 17 iRTN-7
–
IN-8 20 19 iRTN-8
Shield Ground IN-9 22 21 iRTN-9
IN-10 24 23 iRTN-10
IN-11 26 25 iRTN-11
RTN 28 27 RTN
IN-12 30 29 iRTN-12
IN-13 32 31 iRTN-13
IN-14 34 33 iRTN-14
IN-15 36 35 iRTN-15

Reference this table when wiring your 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF16K module in differential mode.
1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K Module Differential Voltage Wiring
Channel Terminals Channel Terminals
Channel 0 IN-0 (+) & IN-1 (-) Channel 4 IN-8 (+) & IN-9 (-)
Channel 1 IN-2 (+) & IN-3 (-) Channel 5 IN-10 (+) & IN-11 (-)
Channel 2 IN-4 (+) & IN-5 (-) Channel 6 IN-12 (+) & IN-13 (-)
Channel 3 IN-6 (+) & IN-7 (-) Channel 7 IN-14 (+) & IN-15 (-)

Keep in mind the following:

• All terminals marked RTN are connected internally.
• Terminals marked iRTN aren’t used for differential voltage wiring.
• In general, RTN is not used in differential circuits. However, if multiple (+) or multiple (-)
terminals are tied together, connect that tie point to an RTN terminal to maintain the
module’s accuracy.
• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.

IMPORTANT When operating in four-channel, high-speed mode, only use channels 0,

2, 4 and 6.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

44 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K Module Single-ended Current Wiring Example

i
IN-0 2 1 iRTN-0
IN-1 4 3 iRTN-1
Jumper Wires
IN-2 6 5 iRTN-2
Shield Ground
IN-3 8 7 iRTN-3
RTN 10 9 RTN
i IN-4 12 11 iRTN-4
2-Wire
+ Transmitter
IN-5 14 13 iRTN-5
User-provided A
Loop Power IN-6 16 15 iRTN-6
- IN-7 18 17 iRTN-7
IN-8 20 19 iRTN-8
IN-9 22 21 iRTN-9
IN-10 24 23 iRTN-10
IN-11 26 25 iRTN-11
RTN 28 27 RTN
IN-12 30 29 iRTN-12
IN-13 32 31 iRTN-13
IN-14 34 33 iRTN-14
IN-15 36 35 iRTN-15

Reference this table when wiring your 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF16K module in single-ended current
mode.
1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K Module Single-ended Current Wiring
Channel Terminals Channel Terminals
Channel 0 IN-0 (+), iRTN-0 (-) & RTN Channel 8 IN-8 (+), iRTN-8 (-) & RTN
Channel 1 IN-1 (+), iRTN-1 (-) & RTN Channel 9 IN-9 (+), iRTN-9 (-) & RTN
Channel 2 IN-2 (+), iRTN-2 (-) & RTN Channel 10 IN-10 (+), iRTN-10 (-) & RTN
Channel 3 IN-3 (+), iRTN-3 (-) & RTN Channel 11 IN-11 (+), iRTN-11 (-) & RTN
Channel 4 IN-4 (+), iRTN-4 (-) & RTN Channel 12 IN-12 (+), iRTN-12 (-) & RTN
Channel 5 IN-5 (+), iRTN-5 (-) & RTN Channel 13 IN-13 (+), iRTN-13 (-) & RTN
Channel 6 IN-6 (+), iRTN-6 (-) & RTN Channel 14 IN-14 (+), iRTN-14 (-) & RTN
Channel 7 IN-7 (+), iRTN-7 (-) & RTN Channel 15 IN-15 (+), iRTN-15 (-) & RTN

Keep in mind the following:

• All terminals marked RTN are connected internally.
• For current applications, all terminals marked iRTN must be wired to terminals
marked RTN.
• A 249  current loop resistor is between IN-x and iRTN-x terminals.
• Place additional loop devices (strip chart recorders, so forth) at the A location in the
current loop.
• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 45

Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K Module Single-ended Voltage Wiring Example

+
IN-0 2 1 iRTN-0
IN-1 4 3 iRTN-1
–
IN-2 6 5 iRTN-2
IN-3 8 7 iRTN-3
Shield Ground
RTN 10 9 RTN
+ IN-4 12 11 iRTN-4
IN-5 14 13 iRTN-5
– IN-6 16 15 iRTN-6
IN-7 18 17 iRTN-7
IN-8 20 19 iRTN-8
IN-9 22 21 iRTN-9
Shield Ground IN-10 24 23 iRTN-10
IN-11 26 25 iRTN-11
RTN 28 27 RTN
IN-12 30 29 iRTN-12
IN-13 32 31 iRTN-13
IN-14 34 33 iRTN-14
IN-15 36 35 iRTN-15

Keep in mind the following:

• All terminals marked RTN are connected internally.
• Terminals marked iRTN aren’t used for single-ended voltage wiring.
• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

46 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

Wire the 1756-IF8 Module This section details current and voltage wiring examples for the 1756-IF8 or 1756-IF8K module.
1756-IF8, 1756-IF8K Module Differential Current Wiring Example - Four Channels
Channel 0
Shield Ground

i
IN-0 2 1 iRTN-0
Channel 1 A
IN-1 4 3 iRTN-1
+ IN-2 6 5 iRTN-2 Jumper Wires
Device 4-Wire
Transmitter IN-3 8 7 iRTN-3
Supply - RTN 10 9 RTN
IN-4 12 11 iRTN-4
Shield Ground Channel 3
i IN-5 14 13 iRTN-5
2-Wire
User-provided
+ Transmitter
IN-6 16 15 iRTN-6
A
Loop Power IN-7 18 17 iRTN-7
- Not used 20 19 Not used
Not used 22 21 Not used
Not used 24 23 Not used
Not used 26 25 Not used
RTN 28 27 RTN
Not used 30 29 Not used
Not used 32 31 Not used
Not used 34 33 Not used
Not used 36 35 Not used

Reference this table when wiring your 1756-IF8 or 1756-IF8K module in differential mode.
1756-IF8, 1756-IF8K Module Differential Current Wiring
Channel Terminals
Channel 0 IN-0 (+), IN-1 (-) & iRTN-0
Channel 1 IN-2 (+), IN-3 (-) & iRTN-2
Channel 2 IN-4 (+), IN-5 (-) & iRTN-4
Channel 3 IN-6 (+), IN-7 (-) & iRTN-6

Keep in mind the following:

• All terminals marked RTN are connected internally.
• A 249  current loop resistor is between IN-x and iRTN-x terminals.
• If multiple (+) or multiple (-) terminals are tied together, connect that tie point to an RTN
terminal to maintain the module’s accuracy.
• Place additional loop devices (strip chart recorders, so forth) at the A location in the
current loop.
• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.

IMPORTANT When operating in two-channel, high-speed mode, only use channels 0

and 2.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 47

Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

1756-IF8, 1756-IF8K Module Differential Voltage Wiring Example - Four Channels

Channel 0
+
IN-0 2 1 iRTN-0
IN-1 4 3 iRTN-1
– IN-2 iRTN-2
6 5
Shield Ground IN-3 8 7 iRTN-3
RTN 10 9 RTN
IN-4 12 11 iRTN-4
Channel 3 IN-5 14 13 iRTN-5
+
IN-6 16 15 iRTN-6
IN-7 18 17 iRTN-7
– Not used 20 19 Not used
Shield Ground Not used 22 21 Not used
Not used 24 23 Not used
Not used 26 25 Not used
RTN 28 27 RTN
Not used 30 29 Not used
Not used 32 31 Not used
Not used 34 33 Not used
Not used 36 35 Not used

Reference this table when wiring your 1756-IF8 or 1756-IF8K module in differential mode.
1756-IF8, 1756-IF8K Module Differential Voltage Wiring
Channel Terminals
Channel 0 IN-0 (+) & IN-1 (-)
Channel 1 IN-2 (+) & IN-3 (-)
Channel 2 IN-4 (+) & IN-5 (-)
Channel 3 IN-6 (+) & IN-7 (-)

Keep in mind the following:

• All terminals marked RTN are connected internally.
• Terminals marked iRTN aren’t used for differential voltage wiring.
• In general, RTN is not used in differential circuits. However, if multiple (+) or multiple (-)
terminals are tied together, connect that tie point to an RTN terminal to maintain the
module’s accuracy.
• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.

IMPORTANT When operating in two-channel, high-speed mode, only use channels 0

and 2.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

48 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

1756-IF8, 1756-IF8K Module Single-ended Current Wiring Example

IN-0 2 1 iRTN-0
IN-1 4 3 iRTN-1
IN-2 6 5 iRTN-2 Jumper Wires
Shield Ground
IN-3 8 7 iRTN-3
RTN 10 9 RTN
i IN-4 12 11 iRTN-4
2-Wire
+ IN-5 14 13 iRTN-5
User-provided Transmitter A
Loop Power IN-6 16 15 iRTN-6
- IN-7 18 17 iRTN-7
Not used 20 19 Not used
Not used 22 21 Not used
Not used 24 23 Not used
Not used 26 25 Not used
RTN 28 27 RTN
Not used 30 29 Not used
Not used 32 31 Not used
Not used 34 33 Not used
Not used 36 35 Not used

Keep in mind the following:

• All terminals marked RTN are connected internally.
• For current applications, all terminals marked iRTN must be wired to terminals marked
RTN.
• A 249  current loop resistor is between IN-x and iRTN-x terminals.
• Place additional loop devices (strip chart recorders, so forth) at the A location in the
current loop.
• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 49

Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

1756-IF8, 1756-IF8K Module Single-ended Voltage Wiring Example

+
IN-0 21 iRTN-0
IN-1 43 iRTN-1
–
IN-2 65 iRTN-2
IN-3 87 iRTN-3
Shield Ground
RTN 109 RTN
+ IN-4 1211 iRTN-4
IN-5 1413 iRTN-5
– IN-6 1615 iRTN-6
IN-7 1817 iRTN-7
Not used 2019 Not used
Not used 2221 Not used
Shield Ground Not used 2423 Not used
Not used 2625 Not used
RTN 2827 RTN
Not used 3029 Not used
Not used 3231 Not used
Not used 3433 Not used
Not used 3635 Not used

Keep in mind the following:

• All terminals marked RTN are connected internally.
• Terminals marked iRTN aren’t used for single-ended voltage wiring.
• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

50 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

1756-IF16 Module Fault and The 1756-IF16 and 1756-IF16K modules multicast status and fault data to the owner and/or
listening controller with its channel data. The fault data is arranged in such a manner as to let
Status Reporting you choose the level of granularity you desire when examining fault conditions.

Three levels of tags work together to provide an increasing degree of detail as to the specific
cause of faults on the module.

This table lists tags that can be examined in ladder logic when a fault occurs.
Tag Description
Module Fault Word This word provides fault summary reporting. Its tag name is ModuleFaults.
This word provides underrange, overrange, and communication fault reporting. Its tag
name is ChannelFaults. When examining the Channel Fault Word for faults, remember the
following:
Channel Fault Word • 16 channels are used in single-ended wiring.
• Eight channels are used in differential wiring.
• Four channels are used in high-speed differential wiring.
• All bytes start with bit 0.
Channel Status Words These words provide individual channel underrange and overrange fault reporting for
process alarms, rate alarms, and calibration faults.

IMPORTANT Differences exist between floating point and integer modes as they
relate to module fault reporting. These differences are explained in the
following two sections.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 51

Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode

This illustration provides an overview of the fault reporting process for the 1756-IF16 or
1756-IF16K module in floating point mode.
Module Fault Word
(described on page 52)
15 14 13 12 11 10 9
15 = AnalogGroupFault When the module is calibrating, all bits in the
10 = Calibrating Channel Fault word are set
9 = CalFault
14, 13, 12, & 11 aren’t used

Channel Fault Word If set, any bit in the Channel Fault word, also sets the Analog Group Fault in
the Module Fault word
(described on page 53)
15 = Ch15Fault 7 = Ch7Fault
14 = Ch14Fault 6 = Ch6Fault
13 = Ch13Fault 5 = Ch5Fault 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
12 = Ch12Fault 4 = Ch4Fault
11 = Ch11Fault 3 = Ch3Fault
10 = Ch10Fault 2 = Ch2Fault
9 = Ch9Fault 1 = Ch1Fault
8 = Ch8Fault 0 = Ch0Fault

16 channels are used in S.E. wiring An underrange, overrange condition sets

Eight channels are used in Diff. wiring A channel calibration fault sets appropriate Channel Fault bits
Four channels are used in H.S. Diff. wiring the calibration fault in the
All start at bit 0 Module Fault word

Channel Status Words 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

(one for each channel,
described on page 53)
Alarm bits 0…4 in the Channel Status word do not set
7 = ChxCalFault 3 = ChxLAlarm additional bits at any higher level. You must monitor
6 = ChxUnderrange 2 = ChxHAlarm these conditions here
5 = ChxOverrange 1 = ChxLLAlarm The number of channel status words is dependent on
4 = ChxRateAlarm 0 = ChxHHAlarm the wiring format used

1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K Module Fault Word Bits – Floating Point Mode

Bits in this word provide the highest level of fault detection. A nonzero condition in this word
reveals that a fault exists on the module.

This table lists tags that you can further examine in ladder logic to isolate the fault.
.

Tag Description
This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is
Analog Group Fault AnalogGroupFault.
This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated. When this bit is set, all bits in the
Calibrating Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is Calibrating.
This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set. ts tag
Calibration Fault name is CalFault.

52 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K Channel Fault Word Bits – Floating Point Mode

During normal module operation, bits in the Channel Fault word are set if any of the respective
channels has an Under or Overrange condition. A quick way to check for Under or Overrange
conditions on the module is to check this word for a nonzero value.

This table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits in floating point mode.
Condition Display
• ‘FFFF’ for single-ended operating mode
A channel is being calibrated • ‘00FF’ for differential operating mode
• ‘000F’ for high-speed differential operating mode
A communication fault occurred between the ‘FFFF’ for all bits, regardless of the application
module and its owner-controller

Your logic can monitor the Channel Fault word bit for a particular input to determine the state
of that point.
1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K Channel Status Word Bits – Floating Point Mode

Any of the Channel Status words, one for each channel, display a nonzero condition if that
particular channel has faulted under certain conditions. Some of these bits set bits in other
Fault words. When the Underrange or Overrange bits (bits 6 and 5) in any of the words are set,
the appropriate bit is set in the Channel Fault word.

This table lists the conditions that set each of the word bits.
Tag (Status Word) Bit Event That Sets This Tag
This bit is set if an error occurs during calibration for that channel and causes a bad
ChxCalFault 7 calibration. This bit also sets bit 9 in the Module Fault word.
This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is less than or equal to the minimum
Underrange 6 detectable signal. For more information on the minimum detectable signal for each
module, see page 35. This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word.
This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is greater than or equal to the
5 maximum detectable signal. For more information on the maximum detectable signal
Overrange for each module, see on page 35. This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel
Fault word.
This bit is set when the input channel’s rate of change exceeds the configured Rate
ChxRateAlarm 4(1) Alarm parameter. It remains set until the rate of change drops below the configured
rate. If latched, the alarm remains set until it’s unlatched.
This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Alarm limit. It
(1) remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point. If latched, the
ChxLAlarm 3 alarm remains set until it’s unlatched. If a deadband is specified, the alarm also remains
set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband.
This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High Alarm limit. It
(1) remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point. If latched, the
ChxHAlarm 2 alarm remains set until it’s unlatched. If a deadband is specified, the alarm also remains
set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband.
This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low-Low Alarm limit.
(1) It remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point. If latched, the
ChxLLAlarm 1 alarm remains set until it’s unlatched. If a deadband is specified, the alarm also remains
latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband.
This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High-High Alarm limit.
(1) It remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point. If latched, the
ChxHHAlarm 0 alarm remains set until it’s unlatched. If a deadband is specified, the alarm also remains
latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband.
(1) Bits 0…4 aren’t available in floating point, single-ended mode.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 53

Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

Fault Reporting in Integer Mode

This illustration provides an overview of the fault reporting process for the 1756-IF16 or
1756-IF16K module in integer mode.
Module Fault Word
(described on page 54)
15 = AnalogGroupFault
10 = Calibrating 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
A calibrating fault sets bit 9 When the module is calibrating, all
9 = CalFault
in the Module Fault word bits in the Channel Fault word are set
14, 13, 12, & 11 aren’t used

Channel Fault Word If set, any bit in the Channel Fault word, also sets the Analog Group Fault
(described on page 55) and Input Group Fault in the Module Fault word
15 = Ch15Fault 7 = Ch7Fault
14 = Ch14Fault 6 = Ch6Fault
13 = Ch13Fault 5 = Ch5Fault
12 = Ch12Fault 4 = Ch4Fault 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
11 = Ch11Fault 3 = Ch3Fault
10 = Ch10Fault 2 = Ch2Fault
9 = Ch9Fault 1 = Ch1Fault
8 = Ch8Fault 0 = Ch0Fault

16 channels are used in S.E. wiring

Eight channels are used in Diff. wiring
Four channels are used in H.S. Diff. wiring
All start at bit 0

31 0
Channel Status Word
(described on page 55)
Underrange and overrange conditions set the
31 = Ch0Underrange 23 = Ch4Underrange 15 = Ch8Underrange 7 = Ch12Underrange
corresponding Channel Fault word bit for that channel
30 = Ch0Overrange 22 = Ch4Overrange 14 = Ch8Overrange 6 = Ch12Overrange
29 = Ch1Underrange 21 = Ch5Underrange 13 = Ch9Underrange 5 = Ch13Underrange
28 = Ch1Overrange 20 = Ch5Overrange 12 = Ch9Overrange 4 = Ch13Overrange
27 = Ch2Underrange 19 = Ch6Underrange 11 = Ch10Underrange 3 = Ch14Underrange
26 = Ch2Overrange 18 = Ch6Overrange 10 = Ch10verrange 2 = Ch14Overrange
25 = Ch3Underrange 17 = Ch7Underrange 9 = C11Underrange 1 = Ch15Underrange
24 = Ch3Overrange 16 = Ch7Overrange 8 = Ch11Overrange 0 = Ch15Overrange

16 channels are used in S.E. wiring

Eight channels are used in Diff. wiring
Four channels are used in H.S. Diff. wiring
All start at bit 31

1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K Module Fault Word Bits – Integer Mode

In integer mode, Module Fault word bits (bits 15…9) operate exactly as described in floating
point mode.

This table lists tags that you can further examine in ladder logic to isolate the fault.
Tag Description
This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is
Analog Group Fault AnalogGroupFault.
This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated. When this bit is set, all bits in the
Calibrating Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is Calibrating.
This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set. Its tag
Calibration Fault name is CalFault.

54 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K Channel Fault Word Bits – Integer Mode

In integer mode, Channel Fault word bits operate exactly as described in floating point mode.

This table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits in integer mode.
Condition Channel Fault Word Bits
• ‘FFFF’ for single-ended operating mode
A channel is being calibrated • ‘00FF’ for differential operating mode
• ‘000F’ for high-speed differential operating mode
A communications fault that occurred between the ‘FFFF’ for all bits, regardless of the application
module and its owner-controller

Your logic can monitor the Channel Fault word bit for a particular input to determine the state
of that point.
1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K Channel Status Word Bits – Integer Mode

The Channel Status word has these differences when the 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF16K module is
used in integer mode.
• The module only reports Underrange and Overrange conditions.
• Alarming and Calibration Fault activities aren’t available, although the Calibration Fault
bit in the Module Fault word activates if a channel isn’t properly calibrated.
• There’s one, 32-bit Channel Status word for all 16 channels.

This table lists the conditions that set each of the word bits.
Tag (Status Word) Bit Event That Sets This Tag
Odd-numbered bits from 31…1 The underrange bit is set when the input signal at the
(bit 31 represents channel 0). channel is less than or equal to the minimum
ChxUnderrange For a full listing of the channels detectable signal.
these bits represent, see For more information on the minimum detectable signal
page 54. for each module, see page 35. This bit also sets the
appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word.
The overrange bit is set when the input signal at the
Even-numbered bits from 30…0 channel is greater than or equal to the maximum
(bit 30 represents channel 0). detectable signal.
ChxOverrange For a full listing of the channels For more information on the maximum detectable signal
these bits represent, see for each module, see page 35. This bit also sets the
page 54. appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 55

Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

1756-IF8 Module Fault and The 1756-IF8 and 1756-IF8K modules multicast status and fault data to the owner and/or
listening controller with its channel data. The fault data is arranged in such a manner as to let
Status Reporting you choose the level of granularity that is desired when you examine fault conditions.

Three levels of tags work together to provide an increasing degree of detail as to the specific
cause of faults on the module.

This table lists tags that can be examined in ladder logic when a fault occurs.
Tag Description
Module Fault Word This word provides fault summary reporting. Its tag name is ModuleFaults.
This word provides underrange, overrange, and communication fault reporting. Its tag
name is ChannelFaults. When examining the Channel Fault Word for faults, remember the
following:
Channel Fault Word • Eight channels are used in single-ended wiring.
• Four channels are used in differential wiring.
• Two channels are used in high-speed differential wiring.
• All bytes start with bit 0.
These words provide individual channel underrange and overrange fault reporting for
Channel Status Words process alarms, rate alarms, and calibration faults.

IMPORTANT Differences exist between floating point and integer modes as they
relate to module fault reporting. These differences are explained in the
following two sections.

56 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode

This illustration shows an example of the fault reporting process for the 1756-IF8 or 1756-IF8K
module in floating point mode.

Module Fault Word

(described on page 57) 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
15 = AnalogGroupFault When the module is calibrating, all bits in the
10 = Calibrating Channel Fault word are set
9 = CalFault
14, 13, 12, and 11 aren’t used

If set, any bit in the Channel Fault word, also sets the Analog
Channel Fault Word Group Fault in the Module Fault word
(described on page 58)
7 = Ch7Fault
6 = Ch6Fault
5 = Ch5Fault 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
4 = Ch4Fault
3 = Ch3Fault
2 = Ch2Fault
1 = Ch1Fault
0 = Ch0Fault

Eight channels are used in S.E. wiring

An underrange, overrange condition sets
Four channels are used in Diff. wiring
A channel calibration fault sets appropriate Channel Fault bits
Two channels are used in H.S. Diff. wiring
the calibration fault in the
All start at bit 0
Module Fault word

Channel Status Words

(One for each channel, 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
described on page 58)

7 = ChxCalFault 3 = ChxLAlarm Alarm bits 0…4 in the Channel Status word do not set
6 = ChxUnderrange 2 = ChxHAlarm additional bits at any higher level. You must monitor
5 = ChxOverrange 1 = ChxLLAlarm these conditions here.
4 = ChxRateAlarm 0 = ChxHHAlarm
The number of channel status words is dependent
on the communication method used

1756-IF8, 1756-IF8K Module Fault Word Bits – Floating Point Mode

Bits in this word provide the highest level of fault detection. A nonzero condition in this word
reveals that a fault exists on the module.

This table lists tags that you can further examine in ladder logic to isolate the fault.
Tag Description
This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is
Analog Group Fault AnalogGroupFault.
This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated. When this bit is set, all bits in the
Calibrating Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is Calibrating.
This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set. Its tag
Calibration Fault name is CalFault.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 57

Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

1756-IF8, 1756-IF8K Channel Fault Word Bits – Floating Point Mode

During normal module operation, bits in the Channel Fault word are set if any of the respective
channels has an Under or Overrange condition. A quick way to check for Under or Overrange
conditions on the module is to check this word for a nonzero value.

This table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits in floating point mode.
Condition Display
• ‘00FF’ for single-ended wiring applications
A channel is being calibrated • ‘000F’ for differential wiring applications
• ‘0003’ for high-speed differential wiring applications
A communication fault occurred between the ‘FFFF’ for all bits, regardless of the application
module and its owner-controller

Your logic can monitor the Channel Fault word bit for a particular input to determine the state
of that point.
1756-IF8, 1756-IF8K Channel Status Word Bits – Floating Point Mode

Any of the Channel Status words, one for each channel, display a nonzero condition if that
particular channel has faulted for the conditions that are listed in the following table. Some of
these bits set bits in other Fault words. When the Underrange and Overrange bits (bits 6…5) in
any of the words are set, the appropriate bit is set in the Channel Fault word.

When the Calibration Fault bit (bit 7) is set in any of the words, the Calibration Fault bit (bit 9) is
set in the Module Fault word.

This table lists the conditions that set each of the word bits.
Tag (Status Word) Bit Event That Sets This Tag
This bit is set if an error occurs during calibration for that channel, which causes a bad
ChxCalFault 7 calibration. This bit also sets bit 9 in the Module Fault word.
This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is less than or equal to the minimum
Underrange 6 detectable signal. For more information on the minimum detectable signal for each
module, see page 35. This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word.
This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is greater than or equal to the
maximum detectable signal. For more information on the maximum detectable signal
Overrange 5 for each module, see page 35. This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault
word.
This bit is set when the input channel’s rate of change exceeds the configured Rate
ChxRateAlarm 4 Alarm parameter. It remains set until the rate of change drops below the configured
rate. If latched, the alarm remains set until it’s unlatched.
This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Alarm limit. It
remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point. If latched, the
ChxLAlarm 3 alarm remains set until it’s unlatched. If a deadband is specified, the alarm also
remains set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband.
This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High Alarm limit. It
remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point. If latched, the
ChxHAlarm 2 alarm remains set until it’s unlatched. If a deadband is specified, the alarm also
remains set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband.
This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low-Low Alarm
limit. It remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point. If
ChxLLAlarm 1 latched, the alarm remains set until it’s unlatched. If a deadband is specified, the alarm
also remains latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband.
This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High-High Alarm limit.
It remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point. If latched, the
ChxHHAlarm 0 alarm remains set until it’s unlatched. If a deadband is specified, the alarm also
remains latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband.

58 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

Fault Reporting in Integer Mode

This illustration provides an overview of the fault reporting process for the 1756-IF8 or
1756-IF8K module in integer mode.
Module Fault Word
(described on page 59)
15 = AnalogGroupFault
10 = Calibrating 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
9 = CalFault A calibrating fault sets bit When the module is calibrating,
14, 13, 12, & 11 aren’t 9 in the Module Fault word all bits in the Channel Fault word
used by 1756-IF8 or 1756-IF8K are set

If set, any bit in the Channel Fault word, also sets the Analog Group Fault
and Input Group Fault in the Module Fault word
Channel Fault Word
(described on page 60)
7 = Ch7Fault 3 = Ch3Fault
6 = Ch6Fault 2 = Ch2Fault 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
5 = Ch5Fault 1 = Ch1Fault
4 = Ch4Fault 0 = Ch0Fault

Eight channels are used in S.E. wiring

Four channels are used in Diff. wiring
Two channels are used in H.S. Diff. wiring
All start at bit 0

Channel Status Word 31 0

(described on page 60)
31 = Ch0Underrange 23 = Ch4Underrange Underrange and overrange conditions set the
30 = Ch0Overrange 22 = Ch4Overrange corresponding Channel Fault word bit for
29 = Ch1Underrange 21 = Ch5Underrange Eight channels are used in S.E. wiring that channel
28 = Ch1Overrange 20 = Ch5Overrange Four channels are used in Diff. wiring
27 = Ch2Underrange 19 = Ch6Underrange Two channels are used in H.S. Diff. wiring
26 = Ch2Overrange 18 = Ch6Overrange All start at bit 31
25 = Ch3Underrange 17 = Ch7Underrange
24 = Ch3Overrange 16 = Ch7Overrange

1756-IF8, 1756-IF8K Module Fault Word Bits – Integer Mode

In integer mode, Module Fault word bits (bits 15…9) operate exactly as described in floating
point mode.

This table lists tags that you can further examine in ladder logic to isolate the fault.
Tag Description
This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is
Analog Group Fault AnalogGroupFault.
This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated. When this bit is set, all bits in the
Calibrating Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is Calibrating.
This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set. Its tag
Calibration Fault name is CalFault.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 59

Chapter 4 Non-isolated Analog Voltage/Current Input Modules (1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8)

1756-IF8, 1756-IF8K Channel Fault Word Bits – Integer Mode

In integer mode, Channel Fault word bits operate exactly as described in floating point mode.

This table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits in integer mode.
Condition Channel Fault Word Bits
• ‘00FF’ for single-ended wiring applications
A channel is being calibrated • ‘000F’ for differential wiring applications
• ‘0003’ for high-speed differential wiring applications
A communications fault has occurred between the ‘FFFF’ for all bits, regardless of the application
module and its owner-controller

Your logic can monitor the Channel Fault word bit for a particular input to determine the state
of that point.
1756-IF8, 1756-IF8K Channel Status Word Bits – Integer Mode

The Channel Status word has the following differences when the 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF16K
module is used in integer mode:
• The module only reports Underrange and Overrange conditions.
• Alarming and Calibration Fault activities aren’t available, although the Calibration Fault
bit in the Module Fault word activates if a channel isn’t properly calibrated.
• There’s one, 32-bit Channel Status word for all eight channels.

This table lists the conditions that set each of the word bits.
Tag (Status Word) Bit Event That Sets This Tag
The underrange bit is set when the input signal at
Odd-numbered bits from the channel is less than or equal to the minimum
31…1 (bit 31 represents channel 17). detectable signal.
ChxUnderrange For a full listing of the channels these For more information on the minimum detectable
bits represent, see on page 59. signal for each module, see page 35. This bit also
sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word.
The overrange bit is set when the input signal at the
Even-numbered bits from channel is greater than or equal to the maximum
30…16 (bit 30 represents channel 0). detectable signal.
ChxOverrange For a full listing of the channels these For more information on the maximum detectable
bits represent, see on page 59. signal for each module, see page 35. This bit also
sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word.

60 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 5
Non-isolated Analog Output Modules
(1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8)
This chapter describes features specific to ControlLogix® non-isolated analog output modules.
You can mix current and voltage outputs on a 1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, or 1756-OF8K
module.

The non-isolated analog output modules also support the features that are described in
Chapter 3.

Choose a Data Format Data format defines the format of channel data that is sent from the controller to the module,
defines the format of the ‘data echo’ that the module produces, and determines the features
that are available to your application. You choose a data format when configuring custom
Module Definition parameters.

You can choose one of these data formats:

• Integer mode
• Floating point
Features Available in Each Data Format
Data Format Features Available Features Not Available
Ramp to program value Clamping
Ramp to fault value Ramp in Run mode
Integer mode Hold for initialization Rate and Limit alarms
Hold Last State or User Value in fault or program mode Scaling
Floating point mode All features N/A

For details on input and output data formats, see page 78.

Non-isolated Output Ramping/Rate Limiting

Module Features
Ramping limits the speed that an analog output signal can change. This helps prevent fast
transitions in the output from damaging the devices that an output module controls. Ramping
is also known as rate limiting.
Types of Ramping
Ramping Type Description
This type of ramping occurs when the module is in Run mode and begins operation at the
Run mode ramping configured maximum ramp rate when the module receives a new output level.
IMPORTANT: Run mode ramping is only available in floating point mode.
Ramp to Program Mode This type of ramping occurs when the present output value changes to the Program value
after a Program command is received from the controller.
This type of ramping occurs when the present output value changes to the Fault value
Ramp to Fault Mode after a communication fault occurs.

The maximum rate of change in outputs is expressed in engineering units per second and
called the maximum ramp rate.

IMPORTANT The actual rate of change can differ from the maximum ramp rate you
configure. Series B and C 1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, and 1756-OF8K
module ramp rates are rounded down to the nearest available value.

See page 86 for how to enable Run mode ramping and set the maximum ramp rate.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 61

Chapter 5 Non-isolated Analog Output Modules (1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8)

Hold for Initialization

Hold for Initialization causes outputs to hold their present state until the value that is
commanded by the controller matches the value at the output screw terminal within 0.1% of
full scale, providing a bumpless transfer.

If Hold for Initialization is selected, outputs hold if there’s an occurrence of any of these three
conditions.
• Initial connection is established after power-up.
• A new connection is established after a communications fault occurs.
• There’s a transition to Run mode from Program state.

The InHold bit for a channel indicates that the channel is holding.

To see how to enable the Hold for Initialization bit, see page 84.

Open Wire Detection

This feature detects when current flow isn’t present at any channel. The 1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K,
1756-OF8, and 1756-OF8K modules must be configured for 0…20 mA operation to use this
feature. At least 0.1 mA of current must be flowing from the output for detection to occur.

When an open wire condition occurs at any channel, a status bit is set for
that channel.

For more information on the use of status bits, see page 69.

Clamping/Limiting
Clamping limits the output from the analog module to remain within a range configured by the
controller, even when the controller commands an output outside that range. This safety
feature sets a high clamp and a low clamp.

Once clamps are determined for a module, any data that is received from the controller that
exceeds those clamps sets an appropriate limit alarm and transitions the output to that limit
but not beyond the requested value.
For example, if the high clamp that is configured for a module is 8V and the low clamp that is
configured is -8V, and the controller sends a value of 9V to the module, the module will only
apply 8V to its screw terminals.

IMPORTANT Clamping is only available in floating point mode.

Clamp values are in engineering scaling units and aren’t automatically
updated when the engineering high and low scaling units are changed.
Failure to update the clamp values generates a small output signal that
could be misinterpreted as a hardware problem.

To see how to set the clamping limits, see page 88.

62 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 5 Non-isolated Analog Output Modules (1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8)

Clamp/Limit Alarms
This function works directly with clamping. When a module receives a data value from the
controller that exceeds clamping limits, it applies signal values to the clamping limit but also
sends a status bit to the controller as notification that the value sent exceeds the clamping
limits.
Using the previous example, if a module has clamping limits of 8V and -8V but then receives
data to apply 9V, only 8V is applied to the screw terminals and the module sends a status bit
back to the controller informing it that the 9V value exceeds the module’s clamping limits.

Clamping alarms can be disabled or latched on a per-channel basis.

IMPORTANT Limit alarms are available only in floating point mode.

To see how to enable all alarms, see page 87.

Data Echo
Data Echo automatically multicasts channel data values that match the analog value that was
sent to the module’s screw terminals.

Fault and status data is also sent. This data is sent in the format (floating point or integer)
selected at the requested packet interval (RPI).

User Count Conversion to Output Signal

User counts can be computed in Integer mode for the 1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, and
1756-OF8K modules.

The straight-line formulas that can be used to calculate or program a

Compute (CPT) instruction are shown in this table.

Available Range User Count Formula

y = 3077.9744124443446x-32768
O…20 mA where y = counts; x = mA
y = 3140.5746817972704x-0.5
+/-10V where y = counts; x = V

For example, if you have 6 mA in the 0…20 mV range, the user counts = -14300. Counts = 6281
for 2V in the +/-10V range.

For a table with related values, see Knowledgebase Technote, ControlLogix 1756-OF4 and 1756-
OF8 User Count Conversion to Output Signal.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 63

Chapter 5 Non-isolated Analog Output Modules (1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8)

Use Module Block and This section shows the 1756-OF4 and 1756-OF4K series A, B, and C module block diagrams.
Output Circuit Diagrams 1756-OF4/A, 1756-OF4K/A Module Block Diagram
Field Side Backplane Side

DC-DC DC-DC RIUP

Converter Shutdown Circuit
Channels 0...3 Circuit
System
+5V
16-bit D/A Opto-
Mux
Converter isolation

Voltage Micro- Backplane

Reference controller ASIC

Details of the 1756-OF4/A, 1756-OF4K/A

output circuitry on page 66.

Serial
EEPROM
FLASH SRAM
ROM

1756-OF4 and 1756-OF4K Series B and C Module Block Diagram

Field Side Backplane Side

Buck RIUP
Converters Switch System
+5V

Channels 0...3

Status
Indicators
External
16-bit D/A Backplane
Voltage Embedded
Converter Digital
Protection Processor ASIC
Isolator

Voltage
Reference

Details of the 1756-OF4 and 1756-OF4K MOSFET

LDOs
Series B and C module output circuitry Drivers
are on page 66. Parallel Flash
Buck
Memory
Converter

Isolated DC-DC Current

Power Converter Limiter

64 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 5 Non-isolated Analog Output Modules (1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8)

This section shows the 1756-OF8 and 1756-OF8K series A, B, and C module block
diagrams.
1756-OF8/A, 1756-OF8K/A Module Block Diagram
Field Side Backplane Side

DC-DC DC-DC RIUP

Converter Shutdown Circuit
Channels 0...3 Circuit
System
+5V
16-bit D/A Opto-
Mux
Converter isolation

Voltage Micro- Backplane

Reference controller ASIC
Channels 4...7

16-bit D/A Opto-

Mux isolation
Converter

Serial
EEPROM
FLASH SRAM
ROM
Details of the 1756-OF8/A, 1756-OF8K/A
output circuitry are on page 66.

1756-OF4 and 1756-OF4K Series B and C Module Block Diagram

Field Side Backplane Side

Voltage
System
Reference
+5V
Channels 0...3 Buck RIUP
Converters Switch

External 16-bit D/A

Voltage Converter
Protection
Status
Indicators
Channels 4...7
Digital Embedded Backplane
Isolator Processor ASIC
External
Voltage 16-bit D/A
Protection Converter

Voltage
Reference MOSFET
Parallel Flash Drivers
LDOs Memory
Details of the 1756-OF8 and 1756-OF8K System
Series B and C module output circuitry Buck
+24V
are on page 66. Converter DC-DC Current
Converter Limiter

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 65

Chapter 5 Non-isolated Analog Output Modules (1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8)

Field-side Circuit Diagrams

This section shows field-side circuitry for the 1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, and 1756-OF8K
series A, B, and C modules.
1756-OF4/A, 1756-OF4K/A, 1756-OF8/A, and 1756-OF8K/A Output Circuit
11 k

10 k
V out - X Voltage Output

+ 20V 0.047 F

50 

Current
Amplifier I out - X
10 
Current Output
D/A Multi-
converter plexer Open Wire
Detector 0.047 F

RTN

RTN
All returns (RTN) are
tied together on the RTN
module.

RTN

1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, and 1756-OF8K Series B and C Module Output Circuit

VoutA Voltage Output

VoutB VOUTx
VoutC
VoutD
49.2 nF

DAC converter
IoutA Current Output
IoutB 21.5  IOUTx
IoutC
IoutD
49.2 nF

RTN

RTN
All returns (RTN) are tied
together on the module.
RTN

RTN

66 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 5 Non-isolated Analog Output Modules (1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8)

Wire the 1756-OF4 Module These illustrations show wiring examples for a 1756-OF4 or 1756-OF4K module.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K Current Wiring Example

2 1
Not used VOUT-O
i
4 3

Not used IOUT-O Current

IOUT-0 A
6 5
output
RTN RTN load
RTN
8 7
Not used VOUT-1
10 9

Not used IOUT-1

12 11 Shield ground
Not used VOUT-2
VOUT-2
14 13

Not used IOUT-2

IOUT-2
16 15

RTN RTN
RTN
18 17

Not used VOUT-3

20 19

Not used IOUT-3

Keep in mind the following:

• Place additional loop devices (that is, strip chart recorders, and so forth) at the A
location noted in the wiring example.
• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.
• All terminals marked RTN are connected internally.
1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K Voltage Wiring Example
2 1
Not used VOUT-O
4 3 +
Not used IOUT-O
IOUT-0
6 5

RTN RTN
RTN
8 7
–
Not used VOUT-1
10 9

Not used IOUT-1

12 11 Shield ground
Not used VOUT-2
VOUT-2
14 13

Not used IOUT-2

IOUT-2
16 15

RTN RTN
RTN
18 17

Not used VOUT-3

20 19

Not used IOUT-3

Keep in mind the following:

• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.
• All terminals marked RTN are connected internally.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 67

Chapter 5 Non-isolated Analog Output Modules (1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8)

Wire the 1756-OF8 Module These illustrations show wiring examples for a 1756-OF8 or 1756-OF8K module.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

1756-OF8, 1756-OF8K Current Wiring Example

2 1
VOUT-4 VOUT-O
i
4 3

IOUT-4 IOUT-O Current

IOUT-0 A
6 5
output
RTN RTN load
RTN
8 7
VOUT-5 VOUT-1
10 9

IOUT-5 IOUT-1
12 11 Shield ground
VOUT-6 VOUT-2
VOUT-2
14 13

IOUT-6 IOUT-2
IOUT-2
16 15

RTN RTN
RTN
18 17

VOUT-7 VOUT-3
20 19

IOUT-7 IOUT-3

Keep in mind the following:

• Place additional loop devices (that is, strip chart recorders, and so forth) at the A
location noted in the wiring example.
• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.
• All terminals marked RTN are connected internally.

1756-OF8, 1756-OF8K Voltage wiring example

2 1
+
VOUT-4 VOUT-O
4 3

IOUT-4 IOUT-O
6 5 –
RTN RTN
8 7

VOUT-5 VOUT-1
10 9 Shield ground
IOUT-5 IOUT-1
12 11

VOUT-6 VOUT-2
14 13

IOUT-6 IOUT-2
16 15

RTN RTN
18 17

VOUT-7 VOUT-3
20 19

IOUT-7 IOUT-3

Keep in mind the following:

• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.
• All terminals marked RTN are connected internally.

68 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 5 Non-isolated Analog Output Modules (1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8)

1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8 The 1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, and 1756-OF8K modules multicast status and fault data to
the owner and/or listening controller with its channel data. The fault data is arranged in such a
Module Fault and way as to let you choose the level of granularity that is desired for examining fault conditions.
Status Reporting
Three levels of tags work together to provide an increasing degree of detail as to the specific
cause of faults on the module.

This table lists tags that can be examined in ladder logic when a fault occurs.
Tag Description
Module Fault Word This word provides fault summary reporting. Its tag name is ModuleFaults.
Channel Fault Word nameword
This provides underrange, overrange, and communications fault reporting. Its tag
is ChannelFaults.
Channel Status Words This word provides individual channel underrange and overrange fault reporting for
process alarms, rate alarms, and calibration faults.

IMPORTANT Differences exist between floating point and integer modes as they
relate to module fault reporting. These differences are explained in the
following two sections.

Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode

This illustration provides an overview of the fault reporting process for the 1756-OF4, 1756-
OF4K, 1756-OF8, or 1756-OF8K module in floating point mode.
Module Fault Word
(described on page 70)
15 = AnalogGroupFault
15 14 13 12 11 When the module is calibrating, all bits in the
12 = Calibrating
11 = Cal Fault Channel Fault word are set.
14 and 13 aren’t used by the 1756-
OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, or
1756-OF8K module
If set, any bit in the Channel Fault word, also sets the Analog
Group Fault in the Module Fault word.
Channel Fault Word
(described on page 70)
7 = Ch7Fault 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
6 = Ch6Fault
A channel
5 = Ch5Fault
calibration fault
4 = Ch4Fault
sets the calibration
3 = Ch3Fault
fault in the Module
2 = Ch2Fault
Fault word.
1 = Ch1Fault
0 = Ch0Fault
Regardless of module density,
all start at bit 0
Channel Status Words
(one for each channel,
described on page 71) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

7 = ChxOpenWire
5 = ChxNotANumber Not a Number, Output in Hold, and Ramp Alarm
Number six isn’t used by conditions do not set additional bits. You must
4 = ChxCalFault 1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8,
3 = ChxInHold monitor them here.
or 1756-OF8K
2 = ChxRampAlarm
1 = ChxLLimitAlarm
0 = ChxHLimitAlarm

IMPORTANT The 1756-OF4 and 1756-OF4K modules use four Channel Status words
and four Channel Fault Word Bits.
The 1756-OF8 and 1756-OF8K modules use eight Channel Status words
and eight Channel Fault Word Bits, as seen in this graphic.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 69

Chapter 5 Non-isolated Analog Output Modules (1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8)

1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, 1756-OF8K Module Fault Word Bits - Floating Point Mode

Bits in this word provide the highest level of fault detection. A nonzero condition in this word
reveals that a fault exists on the module.

This table lists tags that you can further examine in ladder logic to isolate the fault.
Tag Description
This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is
Analog Group Fault AnalogGroupFault.
This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated. When this bit is set, all bits in the
Calibrating Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is Calibrating.
This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set. Its tag
Calibration Fault name is CalFault.

1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, 1756-OF8K Channel Fault Word Bits - Floating Point Mode

During normal module operation, Channel Fault word bits are set if any of the respective
channels has a High or Low Limit Alarm or an Open Wire condition (0…20 mA configuration
only). When using the Channel Fault Word, the 1756-OF4 or 1756-OF4K module uses bits 0…3,
and the 1756-OF8 or 1756-OF8K module uses bits 0…7. Checking this word for a nonzero
condition is a quick way to check for these conditions on a channel.

This table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits in floating point mode.
Condition Display
‘000F’ for all bits on the 1756-OF4 or 1756-OF4K module
A channel is being calibrated ‘00FF’ for all bits on the 1756-OF8 or 1756-OF8K module
A communications fault occurred between the ‘FFFF’ for all bits on either module
module and its owner-controller

Set your logic to monitor the Channel Fault bit for a particular output if you either:
• enable output clamping
• are checking for an open wire condition (0…20 mA configuration only).

70 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 5 Non-isolated Analog Output Modules (1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8)

1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, 1756-OF8K Channel Status Word Bits – Floating Point Mode

Any of the Channel Status words (four words for 1756-OF4 or 1756-OF4K modules and eight
words for 1756-OF8 or 1756-OF8K modules), one for each channel, display a nonzero condition
if that particular channel has faulted for the conditions that are listed in the following table.
Some of these bits set bits in other Fault words.
When the High or Low Limit Alarm bits (bits 1 and 0) in any of the words are set, the appropriate
bit is set in the Channel Fault word.

When the Calibration Fault bit (bit 4) is set in any of the words, the Calibration Fault bit (bit 11) is
set in the Module Fault word.
This table lists the conditions that set each of the word bits.
Tag (Status Word) Bit Event That Sets This Tag
This bit is set only if the configured Output Range is 0…20 mA, and the circuit
ChxOpenWire Bit 7 becomes open due to a wire falling off or being cut when the output being driven is
above 0.1 mA. The bit remains set until the correct wiring is restored.
This bit is set when the output value that is received from the controller is
ChxNotaNumber Bit 5 NotANumber (the IEEE NAN value). The output channel holds its last state.
This bit is set when an error occurred when calibrating. This bit also sets the
ChxCalFault Bit 4 appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word.
This bit is set when the output channel is currently holding. The bit resets when the
ChxInHold Bit 3 requested Run mode output value is within 0.1% of the full-scale current echo value.
This bit is set when the output channel’s requested rate of change would exceed the
configured maximum ramp rate requested parameter. It remains set until the output
ChxRampAlarm Bit 2 reaches its target value and ramping stops. If the bit is latched, it remains set until
it’s unlatched.
This bit is set when the requested output value is beneath the configured low limit
ChxLLimitAlarm Bit 1 value. It remains set until the requested output is above the low limit. If the bit is
latched, it remains set until it’s unlatched.
This bit is set when the requested output value is above the configured high limit
ChxHLimitAlarm Bit 0 value. It remains set until the requested output is below the high limit. If the bit is
latched, it remains set until it’s unlatched.

IMPORTANT The 1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, and 1756-OF8K modules do not use
bit 6.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 71

Chapter 5 Non-isolated Analog Output Modules (1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8)

Fault Reporting in Integer Mode

This illustration provides an overview of the fault reporting process for the 1756-OF4, 1756-
OF4K, 1756-OF8, or 1756-OF8K module in integer mode.
Module Fault Word
(described on page 72)
15 = AnalogGroupFault
12 = Calibrating 15 14 13 12 11
11 = Cal Fault When the module is calibrating, all bits in the
14 and 13 aren’t used by the Channel Fault word are set.
1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8,
or 1756-OF8K modules
If set, any bit in the Channel Fault word, also sets the Analog
Group Fault in the Module Fault word.

Channel Fault Word

(described on page 73)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
7 = Ch7Fault 3 = Ch3Fault
6 = Ch6fault 2 = Ch2Fault
5 = Ch5Fault 1 = Ch1Fault
4 = Ch4Fault 0 = Ch0Fault
4...7 aren’t used by the 1756-OF4 or
1756-OF4K modules

Channel Status Word

(described on page 73) 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

15 = Ch0OpenWire 7 = Ch4OpenWire
14 = Ch0InHold 6 = Ch4InHold Open Wire conditions (odd-numbered bits) set Output in Hold conditions (even-numbered bits)
13 = Ch1OpenWire 5 = Ch5OpenWire the appropriate bits in the Channel fault Word. must be monitored here.
12 = Ch1InHold 4 = Ch5InHold
11 = Ch2OpenWire 3 = Ch6OpenWire
10 = Ch2InHold 2 = Ch6InHold
9 = Ch3OpenWire 1 = Ch7OpenWire
8 = Ch3InHold 0 = Ch7InHold

IMPORTANT Channel Status word bits 0…7 not used on 1756-OF4 or 1756-OF4K
modules.
1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, 1756-OF8K Module Fault Word Bits – Integer Mode

In integer mode, Module Fault word bits (bits 15…11) operate exactly as described in floating
point mode.

This table lists tags that you can further examine in ladder logic to isolate the fault.
Tag Description
This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is
Analog Group Fault AnalogGroupFault.
This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated. When this bit is set, all bits in the
Calibrating Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is Calibrating.
This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set. Its tag
Calibration Fault name is CalFault.

72 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 5 Non-isolated Analog Output Modules (1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8)

1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, 1756-OF8K Channel Fault Word Bits – Integer Mode

In integer mode, Channel Fault word bits (bits 7…0) operate exactly as described in floating
point mode for calibration and communications faults. During normal operation, these bits are
only set for an open wire condition.

This table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits in integer mode.
Condition Displays
‘000F’ for all bits on the 1756-OF4 or 1756-OF4K module
A channel is being calibrated ‘00FF’ for all bits on the 1756-OF8 or 1756-OF8K module
A communications fault occurred between the module ‘FFFF’ for all bits on either module
and its owner-controller

Set your logic to monitor the Channel Fault bit for a particular output, if you either:
• enable output clamping.
• are checking for an open wire condition (0…20 mA configuration only).
1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, 1756-OF8K Channel Status Word Bits – Integer Mode

The Channel Status word has these differences when used in integer mode.
• The module only reports the Output in Hold and Open Wire conditions.
• Calibration Fault reporting isn’t available in this word, although the Calibration Fault bit
in the Module Fault word still activates when that condition exists on any channel.
• There’s only one Channel Status word for all four channels on 1756-OF4 or 1756-OF4K
module and all eight channels on 1756-OF8 or 1756-OF8K module.

This table lists the conditions that set each of the word bits.
Tag (Status word) Bit Event that sets this tag
The Open Wire bit is set only if the
configured Output Range is 0…20 mA, and
Odd-numbered bits from bit 15 …bit 1 (that the circuit becomes open due to a wire
is, bit 15 represents channel 0). falling off or being cut when the output
ChxOpenWire For a full listing of the channels these bits being driven is above 0.1 mA. The bit
represent, see page 72. remains set until the correct wiring is
restored.
The Output In Hold bit is set when the
Even-numbered bits from bit 14…bit 0 (that output channel is currently holding. The bit
is, bit 14 represents channel 0).
ChxInHold resets when the requested Run mode
For a full listing of the channels these bits output value is within 0.1% of the full-scale
represent, see page 72. current echo value.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 73

Chapter 5 Non-isolated Analog Output Modules (1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8)

Notes:

74 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 6
Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

IMPORTANT This chapter describes how to configure your module with the Studio
5000 Logix Designer® application, version 21 and later.
You can use the ControlLogix® analog I/O modules in RSLogix 5000®
software projects as well.
You must install AOPs to use the modules in any Logix Designer
application or RSLogix 5000 software project.

You must create and properly configure your analog I/O module upon installation. The
programming software uses the selected configurations, such as RTS and RPI, to get your I/O
module to communicate with the owner-controller.

You can choose settings using the categories found along the left side of the Module
Properties dialog box. This chapter provides basic overview instructions for creating default
and custom configurations. See the Studio 5000 Logix Designer application help for additional
information.

IMPORTANT The following sections describe how to use the Logix Designer
application to configure I/O modules in a local chassis. If you plan to
use an I/O module in a remote chassis, and your controller does not
have built-in Ethernet capabilities, you must first add a ControlNet® or
EtherNet/IP™ communication module to the I/O configuration tree. See
page 92 for details.

This chapter describes how to configure ControlLogix 1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K, 1756-IF8, 1756-
IF8K, 1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, and 1756-OF8K analog modules.

See Appendix C for additional information regarding the configuration of 1756-IF6CIS, 1756-
IF6I, 1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, 1756-IT6I2, 1756-OF6CI, and 1756-OF6VI modules.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 75

Chapter 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Create a New Module After you create a Logix Designer application project, complete the following steps to create a
module in the project.
1. Under I/O Configuration, right-click 1756 Backplane and select New Module.

2. Select the module and select Create.

The New Module dialog box appears.

3. On the General category, name the module.
Make sure that the slot number in the configuration matches the physical slot number
of the chassis housing the module.

4. To accept the default configuration, click OK.

76 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Module Definition
To create a custom configuration and specify a communication format for your module, select
Change on the General category.

The Module Definition dialog box appears.

The following parameters are available on the Module Definition dialog box:
• Series - Module hardware series
• Revision - Module firmware revision
• Electronic Keying - Type of comparison that is done between the module that is defined
in the project and the installed module. If keying fails, a fault occurs. For more
information, see page 25.
• Connection - Available input and output data configuration parameters. For more
information, see page 78.
• Input/Output Data - Type of data that is transferred between the module and the
controller. For more information, see page 79 and page 80.
• Data Format - Which tags are generated when configuration is complete. For more
information, see page 34 or page 65.

IMPORTANT Make sure you select the correct communication format for your
application because you cannot change the selection after the program
is downloaded with the controller. You have to reconfigure the module
to change the communication format.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 77

Chapter 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Connection Type

This table describes connection types used with analog I/O modules.
Connection Type Definition
All available configuration, input, and output data. This connection type creates all
Data appropriate controller tags for the module type being used.
Controller and module establish communication without the controller sending any
Listen Only Data configuration or output data to the module. A full input data connection is established but is
dependent on the owner-controller’s connection.

IMPORTANT IMPORTANT: When you use the Listen Only Data connection type, only
the following categories appear in the New Module or Module Properties
dialog box:
• General
• Connection
• Module Info
For more information, see page 21.

78 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Input Module Communication Formats

This table describes the communication formats that can be used with analog input modules.
If you want the input module to return this data Select this format
Floating point input data Float data
Integer input data Integer data
Floating point input data with the value of the coordinated system time (from its local chassis) CST timestamped float data
when the input data is sampled
Integer input data with the value of the coordinated system time (from its local chassis) when CST timestamped integer data
the input data is sampled
Floating point input data with the value of the coordinated system time (from its local chassis)
when the input data is sampled when the 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF8 module is operating in CST timestamped float data - differential mode
differential mode
Floating point input data with the value of the coordinated system time (from its local chassis)
when the input data is sampled when the 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF8 module is operating in high- CST timestamped float data - high-speed mode
speed mode
Floating point input data with the value of the coordinated system time (from its local chassis)
when the input data is sampled when the 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF8 module is operating in single- CST timestamped float data - single-ended mode - no alarm(1)
ended mode
Integer input data with the value of the coordinated system time (from its local chassis) when
the input data is sampled when the 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF8 module is operating in differential CST timestamped integer data - differential mode
mode
Integer input data with the value of the coordinated system time (from its local chassis) when
the input data is sampled when the 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF8 module is operating in high-speed CST timestamped integer data - high-speed mode
mode
Integer input data with the value of the coordinated system time (from its local chassis) when
the input data is sampled when the 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF8 module is operating in single-ended CST timestamped integer data - single-ended mode
mode
Floating point input data when the 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF8 module is operating in differential Float data - differential mode
mode only
Returns floating point input data when the 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF8 module is operating in high- Float data - high-speed mode
speed mode
Floating point input data when the 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF8 module is operating in single-ended
mode Float data - single-ended mode - no alarm(1)
Integer input data when the 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF8 module is operating in differential mode Integer data - differential mode
Integer input data when the 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF8 module is operating in high-speed mode Integer data - high-speed mode
Integer input data when the 1756-IF16 or 1756-IF8 module is operating in single-ended mode Integer data - single-ended mode
Listen only CST timestamped float data
Listen only CST timestamped integer data
Listen only float data
Listen only integer data
Listen only CST timestamped float data - differential mode
Listen only CST timestamped float data - high-speed mode
Specific input data that is used by a controller that does not own the input module Listen only CST timestamped float data - single-ended mode - no alarm(1)
These choices have the same definition as the preceding, similarly named options except that Listen only CST timestamped integer data - differential mode
they represent listen-only connections between the analog input module and a listen-only Listen only CST timestamped integer data - high-speed mode
controller
Listen only CST timestamped integer data - single-ended mode
Listen only Float data - differential mode
Listen only Float data - high-speed mode
Listen only Float data - single-ended mode - no alarm(1)
Listen only Integer data - differential mode
Listen only Integer data - high-speed mode
Listen only Integer data - single-ended mode
(1) In this mode, the 1756-IF16 module functions without alarms and the 1756-IF8 module functions with alarms.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 79

Chapter 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Output Module Communication Formats

This table describes the communication formats that can be used with analog output modules.

If you want the output module to return this data Select this format
Floating point output data Float data
Integer output data Integer data
Floating point output data and receives data echo values with a CST CST timestamped float data
time stamp value
Integer output data and receives data echo values with a CST time CST timestamped integer data
stamp value
Specific input data that is used by a controller that does not own Listen only float data
the output module Listen only integer data
These choices have the same definition as the preceding, similarly Listen only CST timestamped float data
named options except that they represent listen-only connections
between the analog output module and a listen-only controller Listen only CST timestamped integer data

80 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Modify the Configuration To modify the configuration of a module, in the Controller Organizer, right-click the module
and select Properties. Use the categories along the left side of the Module Properties dialog
box to edit module configuration. Some categories show the same fields regardless of the
module type that you are configuring, and other categories show fields specific to the module
type.

General Category
Use the General category to configure or view the module name and description, as well as the
physical properties of the module.

The fields on this category can be used to:

• View the type and vendor of the module.
• Enter or change the name of the module.
• Enter a description for the module.
• View and change the revision, electronic keying, and connection for the module.
• Enter the slot number for the module.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 81

Chapter 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Connection Category
Use the Connection category to define controller-to-module behavior. You can complete the
following tasks from the Connection category:
• Set the RPI rate. For more information about the RPI, see page 18.
• Set whether a module connected via an EtherNet/IP network multicasts data to all
devices on the network or unicasts only to a specific owner-controller.
• Inhibit the module. For more information on inhibiting the module, see page 29.
• When available, select whether to enable Automatic Diagnostics for the module.
• Configure whether a connection failure while the controller is in Run mode causes a
major or minor fault.
• The Module Fault area of the Connection category is useful during module
troubleshooting. For more information on the Module Fault area, see page 129.

82 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Module Info Category

The Module Info category displays module and status information when the module is online.

Use the Module Info category to:

• Determine the identity of the module.
• View the module's current operational state.
• View whether the module was configured by the owner controller.
• View whether an owner controller is currently connected to the module.
• Retrieve the latest information from the module.
• Reset a module to its power-up state.
• View the protection mode of the module.
• View Coordinated System Time (CST) status.
The data that is displayed on the Module Info category comes directly from the
module.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 83

Chapter 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Channels Category
The Channels category provides the means to configure all module channels.
The number of Chxx categories available beneath the Channels category of a
module varies depending on the module type and the Input/Output Data
configuration settings that are selected on the Module Definition dialog box.
For example, a 1756-IF16K module can have 16 channels in Single-Ended, 8
channels in Differential, or 4 channels in High Speed Data Format.
1756-IF8, 1756-IF8K, 1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K Modules

Use the Channels category to:

• Specify the input range for each channel (integer mode only).
• Specify a Real Time Sample (RTS) period for all module channels.
If the RTS value is less than or equal to the RPI, each multicast of data from
the module has updated channel information. If the RTS value is greater
than the RPI, the module multicasts at both the RTS value and the RPI rate.
The module resets the RPI timer any time an RTS is performed.
• Select a module filter frequency for all module channels.

84 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

The individual Chxx categories that are located beneath the Channels category, when using
Float Data Format, provide the ability to further configure specific channels.

Use each individual Chxx category to:

• Select input type and range to determine the minimum and maximum signals that are
detected by the module. See page 30 in Chapter 3 for a chart showing range and
resolution per module.
• Enter Scaling values and Engineering Units while in floating point data format. See
page 31 in Chapter 3 for details.
• Enter a sensor offset value.
• Select a digital filter time to specify the time constant for a digital first order lag filter
on the input. A value of 0 disables the filter. See page 39 in Chapter 4 for an amplitude
chart example.

For more information about configurable input module channel parameters, see Chapter 4.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 85

Chapter 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, 1756-OF8K Modules

Use the Channels category to specify module output behavior when communications fail in
Program Mode.

IMPORTANT Outputs always go to Fault Mode if communications fail in Run Mode.

The Chxx categories provide the ability to further configure specific channels.

Use each individual Chxx category to:

• Specify the output type and operating range to determine the minimum and maximum
signals that are detected by the module. See page 30 in Chapter 3 for a chart showing
range and resolution per module.
• Specify the output state in Program and Fault Mode. You can also elect to have the
module ramp to a User Defined Value in either mode. See page 66 in Chapter 5 for
details.
• Enter Scaling values and Engineering Units while in floating point data format. See
page 31 in Chapter 3 for details.
• Enter a sensor offset value to compensate for any sensor offset errors.
• Elect to have outputs hold their present state until the output values match the
controller values. See page 66 in Chapter 5 for details.

For more information about configurable output module channel parameters, see Chapter 5.

86 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Alarms Category
The 1756-IF8, 1756-IF8K, 1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K modules support alarms. The fields on the Alarms
category are used to configure process and rate alarms on non-isolated analog input modules
on a per-channel basis. This category is available only for input modules.
Module configuration may impact the support of alarms. For example, a 1756-IF16K
module that is configured with Single-Ended Data Format as the Input/Output Data
type would not display Alarms Categories beneath each Chxx Category.

Use the Alarms category for a specific channel to:

• Set high and low limits for process alarms(1). See page 40 in Chapter 4 for more
information.
• Set a trigger value for a rate alarm(1). See page 41 in Chapter 4 for more information.
• Disable alarms

IMPORTANT When you disable all alarms, you disable process, rate, and
channel diagnostic alarms (for example, underrange and
overrange). We recommend that you disable only unused
channels so extraneous alarm bits are not set.
• Latch and unlatch alarms. The Unlatch buttons are enabled only when the module is
online.
• Enter a deadband value that works with the process alarms. The deadband guages the
input data to set or remove an alarm for a process alarm. See page 40 in Chapter 4 for
an alarm deadband chart.

For information about configurable parameters, see Chapter 4.

(1) Process and Rate alarms are not available in integer mode or in applications by using the 1756-IF16 module in the single-
ended, floating point mode. The values for each limit are entered in scaled engineering units.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 87

Chapter 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Limits Category
The Limits category is available only for 1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, 1756-OF8K modules.
The Limits category enables you to configure clamping and ramp limitations that can prevent
damage to equipment.

Use the Limits category to:

• Enter clamp limits. See page 67 for more information.

IMPORTANT Clamping is only available in floating point mode.

Clamp values are in engineering scaling units and are not
automatically updated when the engineering high and low
scaling units are changed. Failure to update the clamp values
can generate a very small output signal that could be
misinterpreted as a hardware problem.
• Enable ramping during Run mode
• Enter a ramp rate. See page 66 for more information.
• Disable or latch clamp alarms

IMPORTANT When you disable all alarms, you disable clamp and rate alarms.
We recommend that you disable only unused channels so
extraneous alarm bits are not set.
• Maintain the high and low limit alarms even after the condition ceases. See page 67 for
more information.
• Maintain the rate alarm even after the condition ceases.

88 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Calibration Category
Calibration corrects hardware inaccuracies present on a particular channel. The calibration
procedure compares a known standard, either input signal or recorded output, with the
channel’s performance and then calculates a linear correction factor between the measured
and the ideal.
Use the Calibration category on the Module Properties dialog box to start the calibration
process and view the results.

For information about how to calibrate each module type, see Chapter 8.

Download Configuration After you’ve changed the configuration data for a module, the changes do not take effect until
you download the new project containing that information to the controller. The entire project
Data to the Module downloads to the controller, overwriting any existing projects.

Follow these steps to download the new project:

1. At the top, left corner of the Studio 5000 Logix Designer application, select the
status icon and select Download from the menu.

The Download dialog box appears.

2. Select Download.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 89

Chapter 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Reconfigure Parameters in Your module can operate in either Remote Run or Run mode. You can change any configurable
features that the programming software enables in Remote Run mode.
Run Mode
This example shows a Chxx category for a 1756-IF8 module in Run mode.

1. Make the necessary configuration changes.

2. Do one of the following:
• Select Apply to store a change but stay on the dialog box to select another
category.
• Select OK if you’re finished making changes.
When you try to download new configuration data to the module, a warning appears.

IMPORTANT If you change the configuration for a module, you must consider
whether the module has multiple owner-controllers. If so, apply
the same configuration data to all controllers.

For more information about making configuration changes in a module with multiple owner-
controllers, see page 22.

90 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Reconfigure Parameters in To change the module from either Remote Run or Run mode to Program mode before
reconfiguring parameters, complete the following steps.
Program Mode
1. At the top, left corner of the Studio 5000 Logix Designer application, select the
status icon and select Program Mode from the menu.

A warning appears, asking if you want to change the controller mode to Remote
Program mode.

2. Select Yes.
3. Make any necessary changes. For example, to avoid interrupting control and a
temporary loss of connection, it’s recommended that adjustments RPI be made when
the controller is in Program mode.
4. Do one of the following:
• Select Apply to store a change but stay on the dialog box to select another
category.
• Select OK if you’re finished making changes.
Before the RPI rate is updated online, the programming software verifies your desired
change.

5. Select Yes to verify any software changes.

The RPI, in this example, is changed and the new configuration data is transferred to
the controller.
We recommend that you change the module back to Run mode after changes are made
in Program mode.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 91

Chapter 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Configure I/O Modules in a If your controller does not have built-in Ethernet capabilities, there are separate
communication modules available for different networks to configure I/O modules in a remote
Remote Chassis chassis. ControlNet or EtherNet/IP communication modules must be configured in the local
chassis and the remote chassis to handle the network protocol.
Follow these steps to add and configure a communication module for the local chassis. This
module handles communication between the controller chassis and the remote chassis.
1. On the Controller Organizer, right-click I/O Configuration and select New Module.

The Select Module Type dialog box appears.

2. Check the box next to the Communication filter for a list of just communication
modules.
3. Select a communication module for the remote chassis and select Create.
The New Module dialog box appears.
4. To accept the default major revision, select OK.
5. Configure the communication module in the local chassis.

Follow these steps to add and configure a communication module for the remote chassis.
1. On the Controller Organizer, right-click the communication module you just added in the
local chassis and select New Module.

The Select Module Type dialog box appears.

2. Check the box next to the Communication filter for a list of just communication
modules.
3. Select a communication module for the local chassis and select Create.
The New Module dialog box appears.
4. To accept the default major revision, select OK.
5. Configure the communication module in the remote chassis.
Now you can configure the remote I/O modules by adding them to the remote
communication module. Follow the same procedures as you do for configuring local I/O
modules, starting on page 76.

For more information on the ControlLogix ControlNet module, see ControlNet Modules in Logix
5000 Control Systems, publication CNET-UM001.

For more information on the ControlLogix EtherNet/IP module, see EtherNet/IP Modules in Logix
5000 Control Systems User Manual, publication ENET-UM001.

92 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

View the Module Tags When you create a module, the Logix Designer application creates a set of tags that you can
view in the Controller Tags dialog box. Each configured feature on your module has a distinct
tag that is available for use in the controller’s programming logic.

Complete these steps to access the tags in a module.

1. In the Controller Organizer, right-click Controller Tags and choose Monitor Tags.

The Controller Tags dialog box appears with data.

2. Expand a channel to view module tags as shown in the following graphic.

For more information on module tags, see Appendix A.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 93

Chapter 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Notes:

94 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 7
Use Ladder Logic To Define Module Operation
After you have created a project in the Studio 5000 Logix Designer® application, you can
create programming for the control system. Ladder logic is one of the languages that are used
to define module operation based on the inputs and outputs from the controllers.

Chapter 6 explains how to use the programming software to perform runtime services or set
configuration parameters on your ControlLogix® analog I/O module. This chapter provides
instructions and examples of how to unlatch alarms or change certain parameters using
ladder logic instead.

Perform Runtime Services In ladder logic, you can use message instructions to send an explicit service to the module,
causing specific behavior to occur. For example, unlatching a high alarm can be performed by
a message instruction.

Message instructions maintain the following characteristics:

• They use unscheduled portions of system communication bandwidth.
• One service is performed per instruction.
• Performing module services does not impede module functionality, such as sampling
inputs or applying new outputs.
Services that are sent through message instructions are not as time critical as the
module behavior defined during configuration and maintained by a real-time
connection. Therefore, the module processes messaging services only after the needs
of the I/O connection have been met.

Add a Message Instruction to a Routine

Follow these steps to add a message instruction in the Main Routine section of the Logix
Designer application.
1. Open an existing I/O project.
2. Right-click a Program Routine in the Controller Organizer and select Open.

The MainProgram - Main Routine dialog box appears. If the ladder routine is empty, the
application automatically adds the first rung, ready for instruction.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 95

Chapter 7 Use Ladder Logic To Define Module Operation

3. Select the MSG (message) instruction on the Language Element toolbar and drag it to
the rung.

The instruction is added to the rung in the ladder editor routine view.
4. Inside the Message Control field of the MSG instruction, right-click the question mark to
access a pull-down menu.
5. Select New Tag.

The New Tag dialog box appears.

6. Configure the options in the New Tag dialog box.

IMPORTANT We suggest you name the tag to indicate the module slot
number, target channel, and what module service the message
instruction is sending.
7. Select Create.

96 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 7 Use Ladder Logic To Define Module Operation

Configure the Message Instruction

After creating a tag for the message instruction, you must define certain parameters on the
Configuration and Communication tabs of the Message Configuration dialog box.

Access the Message Configuration dialog box by selecting the box with the ellipses, which are
located to the right of the Message Control field.

Configuration Tab

The Configuration tab provides information on what module service to perform and where to
perform it.

This table describes some of the fields that are found on the Configuration tab. You are
required to choose a Service Type and configure the Instance.

Field Description
Defines the type of module service to be performed. For example, unlatch alarm.
Service Type The programming software defaults the Service Code, Instance, Class, and Attribute parameters
based on the Service Type that you select. All values are in Hex.
Class Object that you are sending a message to, such as the device object or a discrete output point.
Each object can have multiple instances. For example, a discrete output can have 16 points or
Instance instances of where a message can be sent. This specifies the instance.
Further identifies the exact address for the message. An analog input can have multiple alarms so
Attribute this attribute acknowledges a specific alarm and not the other alarms. If an attribute is not
specified (default to 0) the Service applies to all attributes of the Class/Instance.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 97

Chapter 7 Use Ladder Logic To Define Module Operation

Communication Tab

The Communication tab provides information on the path of the message instruction. For
example, the path of a 1756-IF8 module distinguishes exactly which module a message is
designated for.

1. To see a list of the I/O modules in the system, select Browse.

2. The Message Path Browser dialog box appears.

3. To enter a path, select a module from the list.

IMPORTANT If an I/O module was not named during initial module configuration, the
OK button will be disabled after you select an I/O module from the list.
You must edit the module and enter a name before you can choose a
path for your message instruction.
In the example above, the 1756-IF8 module was named during initial
configuration but the other three modules were not.
4. Select OK to set the path.

98 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 7 Use Ladder Logic To Define Module Operation

Add Bit Instructions, Rungs, and Branches

Select the tab corresponding to the instruction group from which you want to add an
instruction and use the Ladder Instruction toolbar to add additional rungs, branches, or
instructions as required to complete your routine.
1. Select the desired instruction and drag it into the ladder editor routine view.
2. Modify the instruction as necessary.
3. Use the Tag Browser to define each corresponding tag.
4. Verify your routine and correct any errors.

Depending upon the Service Type you chose on the Message Instruction Configuration Tab, you
can create a sequential routine consisting of multiple rungs or a simultaneous routine
consisting of multiple branches on a single rung. The following two examples illustrate either
scenario.
Example: Unlatch Alarms in a 1756-IF8 Module Sequentially

In this example, the trigger and alarm state bit instructions that are added to the left of the
message instructions on rungs 0…4 sequentially unlatch the following alarms in a 1756-IF8
module in Slot 1 of the chassis:
• Channel 0 High high alarm - Rung 0
• Channel 0 High alarm - Rung 1
• Channel 0 Low low alarm - Rung 2
• Channel 0 Low alarm - Rung 3
• Channel 0 Rate alarm - Rung 4

IMPORTANT An I/O module must be configured to latch alarms, see page 87 and
page 88, before you can perform unlatch services using ladder logic. If
a module that is not configured to latch alarms receives an unlatch
service, the message instruction errors.

Rung 0 unlatches the high high alarm.

Rung 1 unlatches the high alarm.

Rung 2 unlatches the low low alarm.

Rung 3 unlatches the low alarm.

Rung 4 unlatches the rate alarm.

Alternatively, all alarms for channel 0 of this 1756-IF8 module can be simultaneously unlatched
with a single message instruction.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 99

Chapter 7 Use Ladder Logic To Define Module Operation

Example: Unlatch Alarms in a 1756-IF8 Module Simultaneously

In this example, the Service Type selected on the Message Instruction Configuration tab, is
Unlatch All Alarms (I). This selection automatically sets the Attribute parameter to a value of 0,
where no attribute is selected, and all attributes are unlatched for that channel.

The alarm state bit instructions are added to the left of the message instruction, nested in a
set of branch levels, on a single rung.

100 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 7 Use Ladder Logic To Define Module Operation

Reconfigure a Module It is sometimes advantageous to change the functional operation of a module in the
ControlLogix system automatically via ladder logic rather than using the programming
software to reconfigure it. This way, changes in the process can dictate when the
reconfiguration takes place rather than you performing that function manually.
The following steps are used in this example when reconfiguring a module
via ladder logic:
1. Move the new configuration parameters to the Configuration portion of the Tag
Structure associated with the module.
2. Use a message instruction to send a Reconfigure Module message type to the same
module.

Before the new configuration parameters are sent to the module, you must make sure that
their relationship to each other is in a format the module accepts.

IMPORTANT Limit analog modules reconfiguration via ladder logic to functions that
involve only the changing of values. We do not recommend enabling or
disabling features via ladder logic. Use the programming software to
enable or disable these features.

This table lists module parameters that can be changed via ladder logic.
Permissible Analog Input Module Parameters to Change Via Ladder Logic
Feature Restriction
High engineering value Must not be equal to low engineering value
Low engineering value Must not be equal to high engineering value
High-high alarm value Must be greater than or equal to high alarm value
High alarm value Must be greater than low alarm value
Low alarm value Must be less than high alarm value
Low-low alarm value Must be less than or equal to low alarm value
Deadband Must be less than half of high alarm minus low alarm

Permissible Analog Output Module Parameters to Change Via Ladder Logic

Feature Restriction
(1) Must be greater than low clamp value
High clamp value
(1) Must be less than high clamp value
Low clamp value
(1) The values for a user-defined state at Fault or Program (set during initial configuration) must fall within the range of the High
and Low clamp values.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 101

Chapter 7 Use Ladder Logic To Define Module Operation

Notes:

102 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 8
Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules
The ControlLogix® analog I/O modules are calibrated during the manufacturing process. You
can choose to recalibrate your module to increase its accuracy for your specific application.

Before you can calibrate the module, you must add the module to your Studio 5000 Logix
Designer® project as described in Chapter 6.
You can calibrate analog I/O modules on a channel-by-channel basis or with all channels as a
group.

If you choose to calibrate your module, we recommend the following:

• Calibrate all channels on your module each time you calibrate.
This maintains consistent calibration readings and improves module accuracy.
• Use an extra 1756-TBCH RTB to calibrate your module.
This chapter describes how to calibrate ControlLogix 1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K, 1756-IF8, 1756-IF8K,
1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, and 1756-OF8K analog modules.

See Appendix C for additional information regarding the calibration of 1756-IF6CIS, 1756-IF6I,
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, 1756-IT6I2, 1756-OF6CI, and 1756-OF6VI modules.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 103

Chapter 8 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Difference Between Although the purpose of calibrating analog modules is the same for input and output modules,
to improve the module’s accuracy and repeatability, the procedures that are involved differ for
Calibrating Input and Output each:
Modules • When you calibrate non-isolated input modules, you use voltage calibrators to send a
signal to the module to calibrate it.
• When you calibrate output modules, you use a digital multimeter (DMM) to measure the
signal that the module is sending out.

To maintain your module’s accuracy specifications, we recommend you use calibration

instruments with specific ranges, as listed in this table.

Module Channel Input Type Recommended Instrument Range

1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K, Voltage (V) 0…10.25V source +/-150 µV voltage
1756-IF8, 1756-IF8K

1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, Current (mA) DMM with accuracy better than 0.6 µA
1756-OF8, 1756-OF8K Voltage (V) DMM with accuracy better than 0.3 mV

IMPORTANT Do not calibrate your module with an instrument that is less accurate
than recommended. The following events can result:
• Calibration appears to occur normally but the module gives inaccurate
data during operation.
• A calibration fault occurs, forcing you to end calibration.
• The I.Ch[x].CalFault tag is set for the channel that you attempted to
calibrate.
You can clear the tag by completing a valid calibration or cycling power
to the module. In this case, you must recalibrate the module with an
instrument as accurate as recommended.

Calibrating in Program Mode or Without a Connection

Your project must be online with the controller to calibrate ControlLogix analog I/O modules
via the software. Once online, select either Program mode as the state of your program or
inhibit the connection while in Run mode.
• It is recommend that Series A modules be put into Program mode during calibration.
• Series B 1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8 modules must have an inhibited connection during
calibration.
• Series B and C 1756-OF8 and 1756-OF4 modules can be put into Program mode or you
can inhibit the connection while in Run mode during calibration.

IMPORTANT The module freezes the state of each channel and does not update the
controller with new data until after the calibration ends. This could be
hazardous if active control were attempted during calibration.

104 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 8 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Calibrate 1756-IF16 and Input calibration is a multi-step process that involves applying low and high signal references
to the module at different steps in the process. This section provides information about the
1756-IF8 Modules specific calibration ranges for the 1756-IF16, 1756-IF16K, 1756-IF8, or 1756-IF8K modules.

These modules are used in applications requiring voltage or current and offer four input
ranges:
• -10…10V
• 0…5V
• 0…10V
• 0…20 mA

However, you can only calibrate these modules using a voltage signal.

IMPORTANT Regardless of what application range is selected before calibration, all

calibration uses the -10…10V range.

Follow these steps to calibrate your module.

1. Connect your voltage calibrator to the module.
2. Go online with your project.
3. Right-click the module that you want to calibrate and select Properties.

4. Go to the Connection category on the Module Properties dialog box.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 105

Chapter 8 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

5. Select Inhibit Module.

6. Select Apply.
7. Go to the Calibration category on the Module Properties dialog box.
8. Select Start Calibration to access the Calibration Wizard to step through the process.

106 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 8 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

If your module is in Run mode but the connection is not inhibited, a warning message
appears and Series B module calibration will error.
You must manually change the module to Run mode and inhibit the connection before
selecting OK.

The Calibration Wizard dialog box appears.

9. Select the channels to be calibrated and the method to calibrate.
10. Depending upon the type of wiring that is used and whether the source is wired in
parallel or must be sequentially attached to each channel, select one of the following
options:
Calibrate Channels in Groups applies the low reference to all channels simultaneously
and then the high reference.
Calibrate Channels One at a Time walks through the channels, one at a time, applying
the low reference and then the high reference to each channel sequentially.
11. Select Next.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 107

Chapter 8 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

The Attach Low Reference Voltage Signals dialog box appears. This dialog box indicates
which channels are calibrated for a low reference and the range of the calibration.
12. Set the calibrator for the low reference voltage and select Next to apply it to the
module.

The Group Low Reference Results dialog box appears. This dialog box indicates the
status of each channel after calibrating for a low reference.

13. If any channel reports an error, return to step 12 and select Retry until the status is OK.
If the error persists indefinitely, select Stop to exit calibration. The channel remains
calibrated to the accuracy level achieved at factory, or the last field, calibration.
If all channels are OK, select Next.

108 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 8 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

The Attach High Reference Voltage Signals dialog box appears. This dialog box indicates
which channels are calibrated for a high reference and the range of the calibration.

14. Set the calibrator for the high reference voltage and select Next to apply it to the
module.
The Group High Reference Results dialog box appears. This dialog box indicates the
status of each channel after calibrating for a high reference.

15. If any channel reports an error, return to step 14 and select Retry until the status is OK.
If the error persists indefinitely, select Stop to exit calibration. The channel remains
calibrated to the accuracy level achieved at factory, or the last field, calibration.
If all channels are OK, click Next.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 109

Chapter 8 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

16. When the Calibration Completed dialog box appears, select Finish.

110 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 8 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Calibrate 1756-OF4 and You can calibrate the 1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, and 1756-OF8K module for use with the
following output types:
1756-OF8 Modules
• Current (mA)
• Voltage (V)

IMPORTANT This section shows how to calibrate the 1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8,
and 1756-OF8K modules for use with only current outputs.
The calibration process is generally the same if you calibrate the
module for use with voltage inputs except for the following differences:
• You connect a voltage meter to the module.
• The low reference signal that is measured at the module is in volts.
• The high reference signal that is measured at the module is in volts.

Current Meter Calibrations

When calibrating an output channel for use with a current output type, the Logix Designer
application commands the module to output specific levels of current. You must measure the
actual level and record the results to account for any module inaccuracies.

Follow these steps to calibrate your module.

1. Connect your current meter to the module.
2. Go online with your project.
3. Right-click the module that you want to calibrate and select Properties.

4. On the Chxx category for each channel to be calibrated, make sure that the Output Type
is set to Current (mA).

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 111

Chapter 8 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

5. Place the controller into Program mode or go to the Connection category on the Module
Properties dialog box, select Inhibit Module, and select Apply.

6. Go to the Calibration category on the Module Properties dialog box.

7. Select Start Calibration to access the Calibration Wizard to step through the process.

112 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 8 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

If your module is not in Program mode or is in Run mode but the connection is not
inhibited, a warning message appears.

You must manually change the module to Program mode or Run mode with the
connection inhibited before selecting OK.
The Calibration Wizard dialog box appears.
8. Select the channels to be calibrated and the method to calibrate.
9. Depending upon the type of wiring that is used and whether the source is wired in
parallel or must be sequentially attached to each channel, select one of the following
options:
Calibrate Channels in Groups applies the low reference to all channels simultaneously
and then the high reference.
Calibrate Channels One at a Time walks through the channels, one at a time, applying
the low reference and then the high reference to each channel sequentially.
10. Select Next.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 113

Chapter 8 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

The Output Reference Signals dialog box appears. This dialog box indicates which
channels are calibrated for a Low Reference and the range of calibration.

11. Select Next.

The Measure and Record Values dialog box appears.

12. For each channel being calibrated, use your current meter to measure the reference
value of each channel individually.
13. In the Recorded Reference (mA) column, enter the recorded value for each channel that
was measured and select Next.

114 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 8 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

The Group Low Reference Results dialog box appears. This dialog box indicates the
status of each channel.

14. If the status is not OK for any channels, return to step 12 and select Retry until the
status is OK.
If the error persists indefinitely, select Stop to exit calibration. The channel remains
calibrated to the accuracy level achieved at factory, or the last field, calibration.
If all channels are OK, select Next.
The Output Reference Signals dialog box appears again, this time indicating the
channels that are calibrated for a High Reference and the calibration range.

15. Select Next.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 115

Chapter 8 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

The Measure and Record Values dialog box appears again.

16. For each channel being calibrated, use your current meter to measure the reference
value of each channel individually.
17. In the Recorded Reference (mA) column, enter the recorded value for each channel that
was measured and select Next.
The Group High Reference Results dialog box appears. This dialog box indicates the
status of each channel.

18. If the status is not OK for any channels, return to step 17 and select Retry until the status
is OK.
If the error persists indefinitely, select Stop to exit calibration. The channel remains
calibrated to the accuracy level achieved at factory, or the last field, calibration.
If all channels are OK, select Next.

116 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 8 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

19. When the Calibration Completed dialog box appears, select Finish.

Analog to Digital (A/D) There are two types of calibration that occur on a ControlLogix analog
I/O module.
Converter Accuracy
• The user-directed and user-performed calibration process that is described previously
in this chapter. This type of calibration occurs only when you determine it is necessary
and involves an external calibration instrument.
• An Analog to Digital (A/D) Converter self-calibration process that executes internally on
ControlLogix analog I/O modules each time the module cycles power or when a user-
calibration cycle is initiated.
The self-calibration compensates for inaccuracies of the onboard reference signal and
the A/D converter only. In other words, the self-calibration feature makes sure that the
A/D converter itself is accurate regarding its onboard voltage reference that is used for
a conversion of the input signal.

Together, both types of calibration maintain the overall accuracy of a module.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 117

Chapter 8 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Calibrated Accuracy The Calibrated Accuracy specification represents the module’s accuracy when its ambient
(that is, operating) temperature is the same as the temperature at which the module was
calibrated.

Immediately following a calibration, a ControlLogix analog I/O module is most accurate.

Because the module was calibrated at its zero and span, the inaccuracy is largely non-linearity
between zero and span. Assuming the module is operating at the exact temperature when it
was calibrated and uses the same voltage source to check the post-calibration accuracy, a
module can be as accurate as 0.01…0.05% of range.

Once the module begins operation, its accuracy lessens as components change over time.
However, this change (in components or accuracy) differs from the Gain Drift With
Temperature specification described on page 119.

Other than non-linearity, the Calibrated Accuracy @ 25 °C (77 °F) specification represents a
time drift/aging specification between calibrations. A module with a calibration accuracy of
0.01% of range immediately following calibration is estimated to be better than 0.1% of range
@ 25 °C (77 °F) for 1 year (that is, the calibration cycle).

The reason for the difference between 0.01% and 0.1% of range is that the Calibrated
Accuracy @ 25 °C (77 °F) specification must capture the effect of component aging until the
next time the module is calibrated. Primarily, the module's operating conditions, such as
temperature, humidity, and power cycling, affect component aging.

Because ControlLogix analog I/O modules operate in different conditions, the specific
accuracy deviation from 0.01% of range cannot be measured. Typically, however, a module’s
Calibrated Accuracy @ 25 °C (77 °F) is closer to 0.05% of range than 0.1% of range, as the
worst case scenario operating conditions determines 0.1% of range.

Error Calculated Over A ControlLogix analog I/O module’s calibration accuracy at 25 °C (77 °F) is calculated over the
full hardware range of the module and is not dependent on the application’s use of the range.
Hardware Range The error is the same if you are measuring it across a 10% or 100% portion of a given range.

However, a module’s accuracy at 25 °C (77 °F) is dependent on the hardware range in which
the module operates.

EXAMPLE The 1756-IT6I module offers two input ranges, -12…+30 mV and
-12…+78 mV. Because module error at 25 °C (77 °F) depends on the
input range that is used, the module error is as follows when using 0.1%
of range accuracy:
+/- 42 mV for the -12…+30 mV range
+/- 90 mV for the -12…+78 mV range
These error values are the same whether you use 10% or 100% of the
chosen range.

118 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 8 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

How Operating These specifications take into account how the module’s operating temperature changes can
affect a module’s accuracy.
Temperature Changes
Affect Module Accuracy Gain Drift With Temperature
The Gain Drift with Temperature specification represents the calibration inaccuracy that
occurs as a module’s ambient (that is, operating) temperature drifts from the temperature at
which it was calibrated.

You can use the Gain Drift with Temperature specification (varies for each catalog number) to
determine the module’s calibration inaccuracy for each degree between calibration and
operating temperature. The Gain Drift with Temperature specification represents a
percentage of the full operating range that the module’s calibration is inaccurate to for each
degree difference. The specification is determined with the following formula:
Gain Drift with Temperature = (PPM/°C) x Module’s Full Range

Because the specifications listed in publication 1756-TD002 include a typical and worst case
PPM/ °C for each module, you can determine multiple Gain Drift with Temperature values for
each module.

EXAMPLE For example, the 1756-IT6I module has a maximum Gain Drift with
Temperature specification of 80 ppm/ °C. The 80 ppm represents
0.008% of the module’s full operating temperature.

ATTENTION: If the module was calibrated to operate in the -12…+78mV input

range, then following formula is used: (0.008/ °C) x 90 mV = +/-7.2 µV/ °C
For every degree Celsius that the module’s operating temperature moves from
the calibration temperature, the maximum calibration accuracy deviation is
+/-7.2 µV.

Module Error Over Full Temperature Range

The Module Error Over Full Temperature Range specification represents the error that occurs
if the module’s ambient temperature changes a total of +/-60 degrees (that is, from 0…60 °C
(32…140 °F) or 60…0 °C (140…32 °F)). While this temperature change is extremely unlikely, it
represents the worst case scenario.

This specification is determined by multiplying the temperature change by the maximum Gain
Drift with Temperature for the given module. In other words, we determine Module Error Over
Full Temperature Range with the
following formula:
Module Error Over Full Temperature = Full Temperature Range x Gain Drift with Temperature

EXAMPLE The 1756-IT6I module has a maximum Gain Drift with Temperature
specification = 80 ppm/ °C.

ATTENTION: Module Error over Full Temperature Range = 60 °C (full

temperature range) X 80 ppm/ °C (gain drift). The result is 4800 ppm
or 0.48%.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 119

Chapter 8 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules

Notes:

120 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 9
Troubleshoot Your Module
Each ControlLogix® analog I/O module has status indicators that display module status. This
chapter describes the status indicators on the front of a module and how to use these visual
signals to troubleshoot anomalies.

Status indicators show the I/O module state (green), or fault (red).

Status Indicators for This illustration and table show the status indicators that are used with analog
input modules.
Input Modules
Series A Series B

ANALOG INPUT 1756-IF8

CALIBRATION
CAL

OK
OK

Status Indicator Display Description Action

The inputs are in a normal
OK Steady green light None
operating state
The module has passed
Flashing green light internal diagnostics but is not
OK None
currently performing
connected communication
Previously established Check controller and chassis
OK Flashing red light communication has timed out communication
First attempt a Reset. If that does
The module is experiencing a not work, attempt removal and
OK Steady red light Major Fault insertion under power (RIUP). If all
else fails, replace the module

CAL or CALIBRATION Flashing green light The module is in Calibration Finish calibration
mode

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 121

Chapter 9 Troubleshoot Your Module

Status Indicators for This illustration and table show the status indicators that are used with analog
output modules.
Output Modules
Series A Series B and C

ANALOG OUTPUT 1756-OF4

CALIBRATION
CAL

OK
OK

Status Indicator Display Description Action

The outputs are in a normal
OK Steady green light None
operating state in Run mode
Either:
• the module has passed internal
diagnostics and is not
OK Flashing green light None
actively controlled
• a connection is open and the
controller is in Program mode
Previously established Check controller and chassis
OK Flashing red light communication has timed out communication
First attempt a Reset. If that
does not work, attempt
The module is experiencing a
OK Steady red light removal and insertion under
Major Fault power (RIUP). If all else fails,
replace the module
CAL or CALIBRATION Flashing green light The module is in Calibration mode Finish calibration

122 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 9 Troubleshoot Your Module

Use Logix Designer The Logix Designer application indicates fault conditions in the following ways:
Application for • Module Fault Icon under I/O Configuration, to the left of the module. This exclamation
mark (!) with a yellow triangle around it appears when the communication connection
Troubleshooting to the module is broken.

• Fault message in the Status Line of any screen.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 123

Chapter 9 Troubleshoot Your Module

• On the Module Info Category, in the Status section, the Major and Minor Faults are
listed along with the Internal State of the module.

• Notification in the Tag Editor - General module faults are also reported in the Tag
Editor. Diagnostic faults are reported only in the Tag Editor.
The Value field indicates a fault with the number 1.

124 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Chapter 9 Troubleshoot Your Module

Fault Type Determination

When you are monitoring configuration properties in the Logix Designer application and
receive a communication fault message, the Connection category indicates the type of fault
under Module Fault.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 125

Chapter 9 Troubleshoot Your Module

Notes:

126 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix A
Analog I/O Tag Definitions
Module tags are created when you add a module to the Studio 5000 Logix Designer®
application project. The set of tags that are associated with any module depends on the
module type and the connection type. There are three sets of tags for each module:
• Configuration
• Input
• Output

Access the Tags You can view tags from the Tag Editor. Complete the following steps.
1. In the Controller Organizer, right-click Controller Tags and choose Monitor Tags.

The Controller Tags dialog box appears.

2. Expand the channels as needed in order to view specific tags.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 127

Appendix A Analog I/O Tag Definitions

Integer Mode Tags The tables in this section list all tags that are available on ControlLogix® analog modules
operating in integer mode. The series of tags that are found in each application may vary.

Integer Input Tags

Integer Input Tags

Tag Name Data Type Applicable Modules Definition
Collection of individual channel fault bits in one word. Can address individual channel fault via bit notation:
ChannelFaults INT All ex. ChannelFaults 3 for channel 3.
Individual channel fault status bit. Indicates a ‘hard’ fault has occurred on the channel that means:
calibration is ongoing; or if an input, an overrange or underrange condition is present; or if an output, a low
Ch0Fault BOOL All or high clamp condition is occurring. The controller also sets these bits if communication is lost with the
I/O module.
ModuleFaults INT All Collection of all module level fault bits.
AnalogGroupFault BOOL All Indicates if a channel fault has occurred on any channel.
InGroupFault BOOL All inputs Indicates if a channel fault has occurred on any input channel.
Calibrating BOOL All Indicates if a calibration is in progress on any channel.
Status bit indicating if any channel has a ‘bad’ calibration. ‘Bad’ calibration means the last attempt to
CalFault BOOL All calibrate the channel failed with an error.

CJUnderrange BOOL 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 Status bit to indicate if the cold junction reading is beneath the lowest detectable temperature of 0.0 °C (32
°F).

1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 Status bit to indicate if the cold junction reading is above the highest detectable temperature of 86.0 °C
CJOverrange BOOL (186 °F).
ChannelStatus INT All Collection of individual channel status bits.
Ch0Underrange BOOL All inputs Alarm bits indicating the channel’s input is less than the minimum detectable input signal.
Ch0Overrange BOOL All inputs Alarms bit indicating the channel’s input is greater than the maximum detectable input signal.
The channel input signal represented in counts where -32,768 counts is the minimum detectable input
Ch0Data INT All inputs signal and 32,767 counts is the maximum detectable.
The cold junction sensor temperature in counts where -32,768 counts is 0 °C (32 °F) and 32,767 counts is
CJData INT 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 86 °C (186 °F).
Timestamp that is taken at the time that the input data was sampled or, if an output, when the output was
Array of All (if the CST
CSTTimestamp applied, and placed in terms of coordinated system time that is a 64-bit quantity in microseconds
DINT connection is selected) coordinated across the rack. Must be addressed in 32-bit chunks as an array.
Timestamp that is taken at the time that the input data was sampled or, if an output, when the output was
RollingTimestamp INT All applied, that is, in terms of milliseconds, relative solely to the individual module.

Integer Output Tags

Integer Output Tags

Tag Name Data Type Applicable Modules Definition:
The value the channel is to output in counts where the minimum producible output is -32,768 counts and
Ch0Data INT All outputs 32,767 counts is the maximum producible.
The value the channel is outputting in counts where -32,768 counts is the minimum producible output signal
Ch0DataEcho INT All outputs and 32,767 counts is the maximum producible.
OutGroupFault BOOL All outputs Indicates if a channel fault has occurred on any output channel.
Bit that indicates if the output channel is holding until the Output value sent to the module (O tag Ch0Data)
Ch0InHold BOOL All outputs matches the current output value (I tag Ch0Data) within 0.1% of the channel’s full scale.

128 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix A Analog I/O Tag Definitions

Integer Configuration Tags

Integer Configuration Tags

Tag Name Data Type Applicable Modules Definition
All inputs (only used Disables the cold junction sensor that turns off cold junction compensation when linearizing thermocouple
CJDisable BOOL for the 1756-IT6I and inputs.
1756-IT6I2)
RealTimeSample INT All input Determines how often the input signal is to be sampled in terms of milliseconds.
Configures the channel’s input range and notch filter settings. The input range is the upper nibble (bits 4…7)
and determines the signal range the input channel can detect. Input range values are as listed.
0 = -10…10V (1756-IF6I)
1 = 0…5V (1756-IF6I)
2 = 0…10V (1756-IF6I)
3 = 0…20 mA (1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I)
4 = -12…+78 mV (1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2)
5 = -12…+30 mV (1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2)
6 = 1…487  (1756-IR6I)
1756-IF6CIS, 1756- 7 = 2…1000 (1756-IR6I)
Ch0RangeNotch SINT IF6I, 1756-IR6I, 1756- 8 = 4…2000  (1756-IR6I)
IT6I, and 1756-IT6I2 9 = 8…4020  (1756-IR6I)
The notch filter provides excellent frequency filtering at the selected value and its harmonics. The notch filter
is the lowest nibble (bits 0…3).
0 = 10 Hz
1 = 50 Hz
2 = 60 Hz
3 = 100 Hz
4 = 250 Hz
5 = 1000 Hz
The program to fault enable bit determines how the outputs are expected to behave if a communication fault
were to occur while the output module is in the Program mode. When set, the bit causes the outputs to
ProgToFaultEn BOOL All outputs transition to their programmed Fault state if a communication fault occurs while in the Program state. If not
set, outputs remain in their configured program state despite a communication fault occurring.
Ch0Config SINT All outputs Contains all individual configuration bits for a channel.
When set configures the channel to hold, or not change, until initialized with a value within 0.1% of the full
scale of its current value when one of the following conditions occurs.
Ch0HoldForInit BOOL All outputs 1 = Module initial connection (power up).
2 = Module transition from Program mode back to Run mode.
3 = Module re-establishes communication after a fault.
Selects the behavior that the output channel is expected to take if a communication fault occurs. Either hold
Ch0Fault Mode BOOL All outputs last state (0) or go to a user-defined
value (1). Ch0FaultValue defines the value to go to on fault if the bit is set.
Selects the behavior the output channel when transitioned into Program mode. Either hold last state (0) or go
Ch0ProgMode BOOL All outputs to a user-defined value (1). Ch0ProgValue defines the value to go to on fault if the bit is set.
Enables ramping of the output value to a use-defined Program value, Ch0ProgValue, when set. Ramping
Ch0RampToProg BOOL All outputs defines the maximum rate that the output is allowed to transition based on the configured Ch0RampRate.
Enables ramping of the output value to a user-defined Fault value, Ch0FaultValue, when set. Ramping defines
Ch0RampToFault BOOL All outputs the maximum rate that the output is allowed to transition based on the configured Ch0RampRate.
Defines the value, in counts, the output takes if a communication fault occurs when the Ch0FaultMode bit is
Ch0FaultValue INT All outputs set.
Defines the value, in counts, the output takes when the connection transitions to Program mode if the
Ch0ProgValue INT All outputs Ch0ProgMode bit is set.
Configures the maximum rate that the output value can change when transitioning to either the
Ch0RampRate INT All outputs Ch0FaultValue or Ch0ProgValue if either the Ch0RampToFault or Ch0RampToProg bits are set, respectively. In
terms of percent full-scale per second.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 129

Appendix A Analog I/O Tag Definitions

Floating Point Mode Tags The tables in this section list the tags that are available on ControlLogix analog modules
operating in floating point mode. The series of tags that are found in each application vary.

Floating Point Input Tags

Floating Point Input Tags

Tag Name Data Type Applicable Modules Definition
Collection of individual channel fault bits in one word. Can address individual channel fault via bit notation: ex.
ChannelFaults INT All ChannelFaults 3 for channel 3.
Individual channel fault status bit. Indicates a ‘hard’ fault has occurred on the channel that means: calibration
Ch0Fault BOOL All is ongoing; or if an input, an overrange or underrange condition is present; or if an output, a low or high clamp
condition is occurring. These bits are also set by the controller if communication is lost with the I/O module.
ModuleFaults INT All Collection of all module level fault bits.
AnalogGroupFault BOOL All Indicates if a channel fault has occurred on any channel.
InGroupFault BOOL All inputs Indicates if a channel fault has occurred on any input channel.
Calibrating BOOL All Indicates if a calibration is in progress on any channel.
Status bit indicating if any channel has a ‘bad’ calibration. ‘Bad’ calibration means the last attempt to calibrate
CalFault BOOL All the channel failed with an error and was aborted.
1756-IT6I
CJUnderrange BOOL Status bit to indicate if the cold junction reading is beneath the lowest detectable temperature of 0.0°C (32 °F).
1756-IT6I2
1756-IT6I Status bit to indicate if the cold junction reading is above the highest detectable temperature of 86.0 °C (186.8
CJOverrange BOOL 1756-IT6I2 °F).
Ch0Status INT All Collection of individual channel status bits.
Status bit indicating if the channel has a ‘bad’ calibration. ‘Bad’ calibration means the last attempt to calibrate
Ch0CalFault BOOL All inputs the channel failed with an error and was aborted.
Ch0Underrange BOOL All inputs Alarm bits indicating the channel’s input is less than the minimum detectable input signal.
Ch0Overrange BOOL All inputs Alarms bit indicating the channel’s input is greater than the maximum detectable input signal.
Alarm bit that sets when the input channel’s rate of change exceeds the configured Ch0ConfigRateAlarmLimit.
Ch0RateAlarm BOOL All inputs Remains set until the rate change drops below the configured limit unless latched via
Ch0ConfigRateAlarmLatch in the configuration.
Low alarm bits that set when the input signal moves beneath the configured low alarm trigger point,
Ch0ConfigLAlarmLimit. Remains set until the input signal moves above the trigger point, unless latched via
Ch0LAlarm BOOL All inputs Ch0ConfigProcAlarmLatch or the input is still within the configured alarm deadband, Ch0ConfigAlmDeadband,
of the low alarm trigger point.
High alarm bit that sets when the input signal moves above the configured high alarm trigger point,
Ch0ConfigHAlarmLimit. Remains set until the input signal moves below the trigger point, unless latched
ChOHAlarm BOOL All inputs viaCh0ConfigProcAlarmLatch or the input is still within the configured alarm deadband,
Ch0ConfigAlmDeadband, of the high alarm trigger point.
Low low alarm bit that sets when the input signal moves beneath the configured low low alarm trigger point,
Ch0ConfigLLAlarmLimit. Remains set until the input signal moves above the trigger point, unless latched via
Ch0LLAlarm BOOL All inputs Ch0ConfigProcAlarmLatch or the input is still within the configured alarm deadband, Ch0ConfigAlmDeadband,
of the low low alarm trigger point.
High high alarm bit that sets when the input signal moves above the configured high high alarm trigger point,
CH0HHAlarm BOOL All inputs Ch0ConfigProcAlarmLimit. Remains set until the input signal moves below the trigger point, unless latched via
Ch0ConfigAlmDeadband, of the high high alarm trigger point.
The channel input signal represented in engineering units. The input signal is measured and then scaled based
Ch0Data REAL All inputs on the user configuration.
1756-IT6I
CJData REAL The cold junction sensor temperature in °C or °F.
1756-IT6I2
All (if the CST Timestamp that is taken at the time that the input data was sampled or, if an output, when the output was
Array of
CSTTimestamp connection is applied, and placed in terms of coordinated system time that is a 64-bit quantity in microseconds coordinated
DINT selected) across the rack. Must be addressed in 32-bit chunks as an array.
Timestamp that is taken at the time that the input data was sampled or, if an output, when the output was
RollingTimestamp INT All inputs applied, which is, in terms of milliseconds, relative solely to the individual module.

130 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix A Analog I/O Tag Definitions

Floating Point Output Tags

Floating Point Output Tags
Tag Name Data Type Applicable Modules Definition:
Ch0Data REAL All outputs The value the channel is set to output in engineering units based on the configured scaling for the channel.
The value the channel is outputting in engineering units based on the configured user scaling. This value
Ch0DataEcho REAL All outputs matches the requested output value, O tag Ch0Data, unless: in Program mode, calibrating, beneath Low Limit,
above High Limit, currently ramping or In Hold.
OutGroupFault BOOL All outputs Indicates if a channel fault has occurred on any output channel.
Bit indicating the received output value from the controller, O tag Ch0Data, was an invalid IEEE floating point
Ch0NotANumber BOOL All outputs value. When an invalid value is received, the output value holds its last known valid state.
Bit that indicates if the output channel is holding until the Output value sent to the module (O tag Ch0Data)
Ch0InHold BOOL All outputs matches the current output value (I tag Ch0Data) within 0.1% of the channel’s full scale.
Alarm bit that sets when the requested output value, Ch0ConfigRampToRun set, and the difference between the
new output value that is requested and the current output exceeds the configured ramp limit,
CH0RampAlarm BOOL All outputs Ch0ConfigMaxRampRate. The bit remains set until ramping ceases unless the alarm is latched via
Ch0ConfigRampAlarmLatch.
Alarm bit that sets when the requested output value, Ch0Data, is below the configured low limit,
Ch0LLimitAlarm BOOL All outputs Ch0ConfigLowLimit, in which case the output stops at the configured low limit that the echo reflects. Remains
set until the requested output moves above the low limit unless latched by Ch0ConfigLimitAlarmLatch.
Alarm bit that sets when the requested output value, Ch0Data, is above the configured high limit,
Ch0HLimitAlarm BOOL All outputs Ch0ConfigHighLimit, in which case the output stops at the configured high limit that the echo reflects. Remains
set until the requested output moves below the high limit unless latched by Ch0ConfigLimitAlarmLatch.

Floating Point Configuration Tags

Floating Point Configuration Tags
Tag Name Data Type Applicable Modules Definition
1756-IT6I and Indicates if the cold junction sensor is mounted on a remote termination block when set, rather than on the
RemoteTermination BOOL 1756-IT6I2 local terminal block. Needed for proper cold junction compensation when linearizing thermocouples.
1756-IT6I and Disables the cold junction sensor that turns off cold junction compensation when linearizing thermocouple
CJDisable BOOL 1756-IT6I2 inputs.
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, Controls the temperature scale to use on the module.
TempMode BOOL 0 = Celsius
and 1756-IT6I2 1 = Fahrenheit
The program to fault enable bit determines how the outputs behave if a communication fault occurs while the
output module is in the Program mode. When set, the bit causes the outputs to transition to their
ProgToFaultEn BOOL All outputs programmed Fault state if a communication fault occurs while in the Program state. If not set, outputs
remain in their configured Program state despite a communication fault occurring.
RealTimeSample INT All input Determines how often the input signal is to be sampled in terms of milliseconds.
1756-IT6I and Provides a user-defined offset to add into the read cold junction sensor value. Allows a sensor with a built-in
CJOffset REAL 1756-IT6I2 bias to be compensated for.
Ch0Config Struct All Structure beneath which the channel’s configuration parameters are set.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 131

Appendix A Analog I/O Tag Definitions

Floating Point Configuration Tags (Continued)

Tag Name Data Type Applicable Modules Definition
Configures the channel’s input range, sensor type, and notch filter settings. The input range is bits 8…11 and
determines the signal range the input channel can detect. Input range values are as listed.
0 = -10…10V (1756-IF6I)
1 = 0…5V (1756-IF6I)
2 = 0…10V (1756-IF6I)
3 = 0…20 mA (1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I)
4 = -12…+78 mV (1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2)
5 = -12…+30 mV (1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2)
6 = 1…487  (1756-IR6I)
7 = 2…1000 (1756-IR6I)
8 = 4…2000  (1756-IR6I)
9 = 8…4020  (1756-IR6I)
Sensor type is bits 4…7 and selects the sensor type to use for linearization on the 1756-IR6I, IT6I. Sensor types
values are as listed.
0 =no linearization,  (1756-IR6I), mV (1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2)
1 = 100 Platinum 385 (1756-IR6I) B (1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2)
2 = 200  Platinum 385 (1756-IR6I), C (1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2)
1756-IF6CIS,  Platinum 385 (1756-IR6I), E (1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2)
Ch0Config 1756-IF6I, 1756-IR6I, 43 == 500
INT 1000  Platinum 385 (1756-IR6I), J (1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2)
RangeTypeNotch 1756-IT6I, and 5 = 100  Platinum 3916 (1756-IR6I), K (1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2)
1756-IT6I2 6 = 200 Platinum 3916 (1756-IR6I), N (1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2)
7 = 500 Platinum 3916 (1756-IR6I), R (1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2)
8 = 1000  Platinum 3916 (1756-IR6I), S (1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2)
9 = 10 Copper 427 (1756-IR6I), T (1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2)
10 = 120  Nickel 672 (1756-IR6I), TXK/XK (L) (1756-IT6I2)
11 = 100  Nickel 618 (1756-IR6I), D (1756-IT6I2)
12 = 120  Nickel 618 (1756-IR6I)
13 = 200 Nickel 618 (1756-IR6I)
14 = 500 Nickel 618 (1756-IR6I)
The notch filter provides excellent frequency filtering at the selected value and its harmonics. The notch filter
is the lower nibble (bits 0…3).
0 = 10 Hz
1 = 50 Hz
2 = 60 Hz
3 = 100 Hz
4 = 250 Hz
5 = 1000 Hz
Ch0ConfigAlarm BOOL All Disables all alarms for the channel.
Disable
Ch0ConfigProcess Enables latching for all four process alarms: low, low low, high, and high high. Latching causes the process
BOOL All inputs
AlarmLatch alarm to remain set until an unlatch service is explicitly sent to the channel or alarm.
Ch0ConfigRate Enables latching for the rate alarm. Latching causes the rate alarm to remain set until an unlatch service is
BOOL All inputs
AlarmLatch explicitly sent to the channel or alarm.
Ch0ConfigDigital A nonzero value enables the filter, providing a time constant in milliseconds used in a first order lag filter to
INT All inputs
Filter smooth the input signal.
Ch0ConfigTenOhm A value from -100…+100 that represents -1.00…+1.00  and is an offset used when linearizing a 10  copper
INT 1756-IR6I
Offset sensor type’s input.
Ch0ConfigRate The trigger point for the rate alarm status bit that sets if the input signal changes at a rate faster than the
INT All inputs
AlarmLimit configured rate alarm. Configured in percent full scale per second.
One of the four points used in scaling. The low signal is in terms of the inputs signal units and corresponds to
the low engineering term when scaled. The scaling equation is as follows.
Ch0ConfigLow REAL All
Signal (Signal - Low Signal) x (High Engineering - Low Engineering)
Data = + LowEngineering
(High Signal - Low Signal)
One of the four points used in scaling. The high signal is in terms of the inputs signal units and corresponds to
the high engineering term when scaled. The scaling equation is as follows.
Ch0ConfigHigh REAL All
Signal (Signal - Low Signal) x (High Engineering - Low Engineering)
Data = + LowEngineering
(High Signal - Low Signal)
One of the four points used in scaling. The low engineering helps determine the engineering units the signal
values scale into. The low engineering term corresponds to the low signal value. The scaling equation is as
Ch0ConfigLow follows.
REAL All
Engineering (Signal - Low Signal) x (High Engineering - Low Engineering)
Data = + LowEngineering
(High Signal - Low Signal)

132 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix A Analog I/O Tag Definitions

Floating Point Configuration Tags (Continued)

Tag Name Data Type Applicable Modules Definition
One of the four points used in scaling. The high engineering helps determine the engineering units the signal
values scale into. The high engineering term corresponds to the high signal value. The scaling equation is as
C0ConfigHigh follows.
REAL All
Engineering (Signal - Low Signal) x (High Engineering - Low Engineering)
Data = + LowEngineering
(High Signal - Low Signal)
Ch0ConfigLAlarm The low alarm trigger point. Causes the Ch0LAlarm to trigger when the input signal moves beneath the
REAL All inputs
Limit configured trigger point. In terms of engineering units.
Ch0ConfigHAlarm The high alarm trigger point. Causes the Ch0HAlarm to trigger when the input signal moves above the
REAL All inputs
Limit configured trigger point. In terms of engineering units.
Ch0ConfigLLAlarm The low low alarm trigger point. Causes the Ch0LLAlarm to trigger when the input signal moves beneath the
REAL All inputs
Limit configured trigger point. In terms of engineering units.
Ch0ConfigHH The high high alarm trigger point. Causes the Ch0HHAlarm to trigger when the input signal moves above the
REAL All inputs
AlarmLimit configured trigger point. In terms of engineering units.
Ch0ConfigAlarm Forms a deadband around the process alarms that causes the corresponding process alarm status bit to
REAL All inputs
Deadband remain set until the input moves beyond the trigger point by greater than the amount of the alarm deadband.
Ch0ConfigCalBias REAL All inputs A user-defined offset added directly into the data, Ch0Data. used to compensate for inherent sensor offset.
Ch0ConfigConfig Bits INT All outputs Collection of channel’s individual configuration bits.
When set configures the channel to hold, or not change, until initialized with a value within 0.1% of full scale
of its current value when one of the following conditions occurs.
Ch0ConfigHoldForInit BOOL All outputs 1 = Module initial connection (power up)
2 = Module transition from Program mode back to Run mode
3 = Module re-establishes communication after a fault
Ch0ConfigRamp Enables latching for the rate alarm. Latching causes the rate alarm to remain set until an unlatch service is
BOOL All outputs
AlarmLatch explicitly sent to the channel or alarm.
Ch0ConfigLimit Enables latching for the clamp limit alarms. Latching causes the limit alarms to remain set until an unlatch
BOOL All outputs
AlarmLatch service is explicitly sent to the channel or alarm.
Ch0ConfigFault Selects the behavior that the output channel takes if a communication fault is to occur. Either hold last state
BOOL All outputs
Mode (0) or go to a user-defined value (1). Ch0ConfigFaultValue defines the value to go to on fault if the bit is set.
Selects the behavior that the output channel takes when transitioned into Program mode. Either hold last
Ch0ConfigProg BOOL All outputs state (0) or go to a user-defined value (1). Ch0ConfigProgValue defines the value to go to on program if the bit
Mode is set.
Enables ramping of the output value during Run mode between the current output level and a newly
Ch0ConfigRampTo BOOL All outputs requested output. Ramping defines the maximum rate that the output is allowed to transition based on the
Run configured Ch0ConfigRampRate.
Enables ramping of the output value to a user-defined program value, Ch0ConfigProgValue, when set.
Ch0ConfigRampTo Prog BOOL All outputs Ramping defines the maximum rate that the output is allowed to transition based on the configured
Ch0ConfigRampRate.
Enables ramping of the output value to a user-defined Fault value, Ch0FaultValue, when set. Ramping defines
Ch0ConfigRampTo Fault BOOL All outputs the maximum rate that the output is allowed to transition based on the configured Ch0ConfigRampRate.
Configures the maximum rate that the output value can change when transitioning to either the
Ch0ConfigMax Ch0ConfigFaultValue or Ch0ConfigProgValue if either the Ch0ConfigRampToFault or Ch0ConfigRampToProg
INT All outputs
RampRate bits are set, respectively, or in Run mode if Ch0ConfigRampToRun is set. In terms of percent full-scale per
second.
Ch0ConfigFault Defines the value, in engineering terms, the output takes if a communication fault occurs when the
REAL All outputs
Value Ch0ConfigFaultMode bit it set.
Ch0ConfigProg Defines the value, in engineering units, the output takes when the connection transitions to Program mode if
REAL All outputs
Value the Ch0ConfigProgMode bit is set.
Ch0ConfigLow Defines the minimum value that the output is allowed to take within the process. If an output beneath the low
REAL All outputs
Limit limit is requested, the Ch0LLimit alarm is set and the output signal remains at the configured low limit.
Ch0ConfigHigh Defines the maximum value that the output is allowed to take within the process. If an output above the high
REAL All outputs
Limit limit is requested, the Ch0HLimit alarm is set and the output signal remains at the configured high limit.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 133

Appendix A Analog I/O Tag Definitions

Notes:

134 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix B
1492 AIFMs for Analog I/O Modules
As an alternative to buying RTBs and connecting the wires yourself, you can buy a wiring
system that connects to I/O modules through pre-wired and pre-tested cables.

IMPORTANT The ControlLogix® system has been agency certified using only the
ControlLogix RTBs (1756-TBCH, 1756-TBNH, 1756-TBSH, and 1756-TBS6H).
Any application that requires agency certification of the ControlLogix
system using other wiring termination methods can require application
specific approval by the certifying agency.

Module Wiring Options The combinations include the following:

• Analog interface modules (AIFMs) mount on DIN rails to provide the output terminal
blocks for the I/O module. Use the AIFMs with the pre-wired cables that match the I/O
module to the interface module.
I/O Module Pre-wired Cable AIFM

Feed-through and fusible AIFMs let you customize the wiring system to your
application. The fused AIFMs have 24V DC blown fuse indicators to locate and replace
blown fuses.
For a complete list of the AIFMs available for use with ControlLogix analog I/O modules,
see the table on page 136.
• Pre-wired cables have a pre-wired RTB on one end to connect to the front of an analog
I/O module and a D-shell connector on the other end to plug into a D-shell terminal.
The D-shell connectors, with either 15 or 25 pins, have a slide-locking mechanism for a
more secure connection.
For a complete list of the pre-wired cables available for use with ControlLogix analog I/
O modules, see the table on page 137.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 135

Appendix B 1492 AIFMs for Analog I/O Modules

Pre-wired and AIFM Cables This table lists the AIFMs and pre-wired cables that can be used with ControlLogix analog I/O
modules.

IMPORTANT For the latest list, see the Digital/Analog Programmable Controller Wiring
Systems Technical Data, publication 1492-TD008.

AIFM Cat. No. AIFM Cat. No. Pre-wired Cable(2)

I/O Cat. No.(1) Mode (Fixed Terminal (RTB Socket AIFM Type Description
Block) Assembly) (x=cable length)
1756-IF6CIS 1492-ACABLExZ
Current 1492-AIFM6S-3 1492-RAIFM6S-3(3) 6-channel isolated with 3…4 terminals/channel 1492-ACABLExX
1756-IF6I Feed-through
Voltage 1492-ACABLExY
Single-ended 1492-AIFM8-3 1492-RAIFM8-3(4) 8- or 16-channel input or output with 3 terminals/channel
1492-ACABLExTB
current 1492-AIFM8-F-5 N/A Fusible 8-channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators, 3 terminals/channel
Single-ended 1492-AIFM8-3 1492-RAIFM8-3(4) Feed-through 8- or 16-channel input or output with 3 terminals/channel
1492-ACABLExTA
voltage 1492-AIFM8-F-5 N/A Fusible 8-channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators, 3 terminals/channel
1756-IF8,
1756-IF8K
Differential 1492-AIFM8-3 1492-RAIFM8-3(4) Feed-through 8- or 16-channel input or output with 3 terminals/channel
current 1492-ACABLExTD
1492-AIFM8-F-5 N/A Fusible 8-channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators, 3 terminals/channel
Differential 1492-AIFM8-3 1492-RAIFM8-3(4) Feed-through 8- or 16-channel input or output with 3 terminals/channel
1492-ACABLExTC
voltage 1492-AIFM8-F-5 N/A Fusible 8-channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators, 3 terminals/channel
1492-AIFM8-3 1492-RAIFM8-3(4) Feed-through 8- or 16-channel input or output with 3 terminals/channel
Single-ended 16-channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators, 3 terminals/
1492-AIFM16-F-3 1492-ACABLExUB
current channel
N/A Fusible
16-channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators, 5 terminals/
1492-AIFM16-F-5 channel
1492-AIFM8-3 1492-RAIFM8-3(4) Feed-through 8- or 16-channel input or output with 3 terminals/channel

Single-ended 1492-AIFM16-F-3 16-channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators, 3 terminals/
channel 1492-ACABLExUA
voltage N/A Fusible
16-channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators, 5 terminals/
1492-AIFM16-F-5 channel
1756-IF16, 1492-AIFM8-3 1492-RAIFM8-3(4) Feed-through 8- or 16-channel input or output with 3 terminals/channel
1756-IF16K
1492-AIFM8-F-5 8-channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators, 5 terminals/channel
Differential 16-channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators, 3 terminals/
current 1492-AIFM16-F-3 1492-ACABLExUD
N/A Fusible channel
16-channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators, 5 terminals/
1492-AIFM16-F-5
channel
492-AIFM8-3 1492-RAIFM8-3(4) Feed-through 8- or 16-channel input or output with 3 terminals/channel
1492-AIFM8-F-5 8-channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators, 5 terminals/channel
Differential 16-channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators, 3 terminals/
voltage 1492-AIFM16-F-3 1492-ACABLExUC
N/A Fusible channel

1492-AIFM16-F-5 16-channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators, 5 terminals/

channel
1756-IR6I 1492-AIFM6S-3 1492-RAIFM6S-3(3) Feed-through 6-channel isolated with 3…4 terminals/channel 1492-ACABLExZ
1756-IT6I 1492-ACABLExY
1492-AIFM6TC-3 N/A Thermocouple 6-channel with 3 terminals/channel
1756-IT6I2 1492-ACABLExYT
1756-OF4, Current 4-channel input, output, or 2-in/2-out combination with 3 terminals/ 1492-ACABLExVB
1756-OF4K 1492-AIFM4-3 1492-RAIFM4-3(5) channel
Voltage 1492-ACABLExVA
1756-OF6CI
1492-AIFM6S-3 1492-RAIFM6S-3(3) Feed-through 6-channel isolated with 3…4 terminals/channel 1492-ACABLExY
1756-OF6VI
1756-OF8, Current 1492-ACABLExWB
1756-OF8K 1492-AIFM8-3 1492-RAIFM8-3(4) 8- or 16-channel input or output with 3 terminals/channel
Voltage 1492-ACABLExWA
(1) Some analog I/O modules can be operated in up to four modes (current/voltage, single-ended/differential) based on connections. In all cases, each channel is factory-configured for the
same mode. However, you can field configure any channel for another mode. You may need to alter the terminal block wiring to match the application. See the controller installation manual
for further information.
(2) Cables are available in lengths of 0.5 m (1.6 ft), 1.0 m (3.3 ft), 2.5 m (8.2 ft), and 5.0 m (16.4 ft). To order, insert the code for the desired cable length into the catalog number in place of the x:
005=0.5 m, 010=1.0 m, 025=2.5 m, 050=5 m. Example: 1492-ACABLE025TB is for a 2.5 m (8.2 ft) cable, and the letters TB.
(3) Compatible RTB plug; 1492-RTB12N (screw-style terminals) or 1492-RTB12P (push-in style terminals). Order plugs separately.
(4) Compatible RTB plug; 1492-RTB16N (screw-style terminals) or 1492-RTB16P (push-in style terminals). Order plugs separately
(5) Compatible RTB plug; 1492-RTB8N (screw-style terminals) or 1492-RTB8P (push-in style terminals). Order plugs separately.

136 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix B 1492 AIFMs for Analog I/O Modules

Module-ready Pre-wired This table describes the I/O module-ready pre-wired cables available for use with your
ControlLogix analog I/O modules.
Cables
Cat. No.(1) No. of Conductors(2) (3) Conductor Size Nominal Outer Diameter RTB at the I/O Module End
1492-ACABLExM 11 twisted pairs 22 AWG 11.5 mm (0.45 in.) 1756-TBCH
1492-ACABLExX 9 twisted pairs 22 AWG 6.8 mm (0.27 in.) 1756-TBNH
1492-ACABLExY 9 twisted pairs 22 AWG 6.8 mm (0.27 in.) 1756-TBNH
1492-ACABLExYT 9 twisted pairs 22 AWG 6.8 mm (0.27 in.) 1756-TBNH
1492-ACABLExZ 20 conductors 22 AWG 8.4 mm (0.33 in.) 1756-TBNH
1492-ACABLExTA 20 conductors 22 AWG 8.4 mm (0.33 in.) 1756-TBCH
1492-ACABLExTB 20 conductors 22 AWG 8.4 mm (0.33 in.) 1756-TBCH
1492-ACABLExTC 5 twisted pairs 22 AWG 8.4 mm (0.33 in.) 1756-TBCH
1492-ACABLExTD 5 twisted pairs 22 AWG 8.4 mm (0.33 in.) 1756-TBCH
1492-ACABLExUA 20 conductors 22 AWG 8.4 mm (0.33 in.) 1756-TBCH
1492-ACABLExUB 20 conductors 22 AWG 8.4 mm (0.33 in.) 1756-TBCH
1492-ACABLExUC 9 twisted pairs 22 AWG 6.8 mm (0.27 in.) 1756-TBCH
1492-ACABLExUD 9 twisted pairs 22 AWG 6.8 mm (0.27 in.) 1756-TBCH
1492-ACABLExVA 20 conductors 22 AWG 8.4 mm (0.33 in.) 1756-TBNH
1492-ACABLExVB 20 conductors 22 AWG 8.4 mm (0.33 in.) 1756-TBNH
1492-ACABLExWA 9 twisted pairs 22 AWG 6.8 mm (0.27 in.) 1756-TBNH
1492-ACABLExWB 9 twisted pairs 22 AWG 6.8 mm (0.27 in.) 1756-TBNH
(1) Cables are available in lengths of 0.5 m (1.6 ft), 1.0 m (3.3 ft), 2.5 m (8.2 ft), and 5.0 m (16.4 ft). To order, insert the code for the desired cable length into the catalog number in place of the x:
005=0.5 m, 010=1.0 m, 25=2.5 m, 050=5 m. Build-to-order cable lengths are also available.
(2) Each cable for analog I/O has an overall shield with a ring lug on a 200 mm (8.87 in.) exposed drain wire at the I/O module end of the cable.
(3) Not every connection is always used.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 137

Appendix B 1492 AIFMs for Analog I/O Modules

Notes:

138 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C
6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules
This appendix offers reference information regarding the discontinued 6-channel 1756-IF6CIS,
1756-IF6I, 1756-OF6CI, and 1756-OF6VI ControlLogix® isolated analog I/O modules.

For information about how to migrate from 6-channel 1756 isolated analog I/O modules to
newer 8-channel modules, see Migrating 6-Channel to 8-Channel 1756 Analog Modules,
publication 1756-RM011.

1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I This section describes features specific to the ControlLogix sourcing current loop input
module (1756-IF6CIS) and the isolated analog voltage/current input module (1756-IF6I).
Module Features
IMPORTANT The 1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I modules primarily operate the same with
a few exceptions, including:
• The 1756-IF6CIS only operates in current mode.
• The 1756-IF6CIS offers an isolated power source for each channel that
supplies power to external transmitters.

1756-IF6CIS Module Isolated Power Source

The 1756-IF6CIS module offers an internal power source on each channel. The source is
current limited to 28 mA and allows the module to power a two-wire transmitter directly
without the need for an external power supply. The transmitter can then vary the current to
the analog input in proportion to the process variable being measured. The inclusion of an
internal onboard current source saves you the expense of extra power supplies and greatly
simplifies the interface wiring to field devices.

In addition to supplying loop power to two-wire transmitters, the module can also
accommodate current loops that are powered by an external supply and loops that use four-
wire transmitters.
Power Calculations with the 1756-IF6CIS Module

The 1756-IF6CIS module uses the system power supply (1756-Px7x) as the source for loop
power. Because of the demands placed on that supply (that is, the 1756-IF6CIS module
consumes 7.9 W of backplane power), special care must be taken when calculating the power
requirements for modules in the same chassis as a 1756-IF6CIS module.

For example, when used with the 1756-L55M13 controller, you can place only eight 1756-IF6CIS
modules in the chassis before exceeding the wattage capacity of the power supply.
Other Devices in the Wiring Loop

The voltage source on each channel can drive loop impedance of up to

1000 ohms. This lets you include other devices, such as chart recorders and meters, in the
current loop.

For more information on wiring the 1756-IF6CIS module, see page 148.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 139

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Data Format Options

Data format determines the format of the data that is returned from the module to the owner-
controller and the features that are available to your application.
Features Available in Each Data Format
Data Format Features Available Features Not Available
Digital filtering
Multiple input ranges Process alarms
Integer mode Notch filter Rate alarms
Real-time sampling Scaling
Floating point mode All features N/A

Multiple Input Ranges

You can only use the 1756-IF6CIS module in current applications. Unlike other analog input
modules, this module does not let you choose an input range. All channels use the 0…20 mA
input range.
For the 1756-IF6I module, however, you can select from a series of operational ranges for each
channel on your module. The range designates the minimum and maximum signals that are
detectable by the module. The 1756-IF6I module offers multiple input ranges in both current
and
voltage applications.
Possible Input Ranges Available For Use With the 1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I Modules
Module Input Ranges
1756-IF6CIS 0…20 mA
-10…10V
0…5V
1756-IF6I 0…10V
0…20 mA

Notch Filter
An analog-to-digital converter (ADC) filter removes line noise in your application for each
channel.
Choose a notch filter that most closely matches the anticipated noise frequency in your
application. Each filter time affects the response time of your module and the highest
frequency notch filter settings also limit the effective resolution of the channel.

IMPORTANT 60 Hz is the default setting for the notch filter.

Available Notch Filter Settings

Notch Setting 10 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz (Default) 100 Hz 250 Hz 1000 Hz
Minimum Sample Time (RTS) – Integer mode(1) 102 ms 22 ms 19 ms 12 ms 10 ms 10 ms
Minimum Sample Time (RTS) – Floating point mode(2) 102 ms 25 ms 25 ms 25 ms 25 ms 25 ms
0…100% Step Response Time(2) 400 ms + RTS 80 ms + RTS 68 ms + RTS 40 ms + RTS 16 ms + RTS 4 ms + RTS
-3 dB Frequency 3 Hz 13 Hz 15 Hz 26 Hz 66 Hz 262 Hz
Effective Resolution 16 bits 16 bits 16 bits 16 bits 15 bits 10 bits
(1) Integer mode must be used for RTS values lower than 25 ms. The minimum RTS value for the module is dependent on the channel with the lowest notch filter setting.
(2) Worst case setting time to 100% of a step change includes 0…100% step response time plus one RTS sample time.

140 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Real-time Sampling
This parameter instructs the module to scan its input channels and obtain all available data.
After the channels are scanned, the module multicasts that data.

During module configuration, you specify a real-time sampling (RTS) period and a requested
packet interval (RPI) period. These features both instruct the module to multicast data, but
only the RTS feature instructs the module to scan its channels before multicasting.

Underrange/Overrange Detection
This alarm feature detects when the isolated input module is operating beyond limits set by
the input range.

This table lists the input ranges of the 1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I modules and the lowest/
highest signal available in each range before the module detects an underrange/overrange
condition.

Input Module Range Lowest Signal in Range Highest Signal in Range

1756-IF6CIS 0 mA…20 mA 0 mA 21.09376 mA
+/- 10V -10.54688V 10.54688V
0V…10V 0V 10.54688V
1756-IF6I 0V…5V 0V 5.27344V
0 mA…20 mA 0 mA 21.09376 mA

IMPORTANT Be careful when ‘disabling all alarms’ on the channel because it also
disables the underrange/overrange detection feature. If alarms are
disabled, overrange/underrange is zero and the only way you can
discover a wire-off detection is from the input value itself. If you must
detect a wire-off status, do not ‘disable all alarms’.
We recommend that you disable only unused channels so extraneous
alarm bits aren’t set.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 141

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Digital Filter
The digital filter smooths input data noise transients on each input channel. This value
specifies the time constant for a digital, first-order lag filter on the input. It’s specified in units
of milliseconds. A value of 0 (zero) disables
the filter.

IMPORTANT The digital filter is available only in applications that use floating
point mode.
The digital filter equation is a classic, first order lag equation.
[ t]
Yn = Yn-1 + (Xn – Yn-1)
 t + TA

Yn = Present output, filtered peak voltage (PV)

Yn-1 = Previous output, filtered PV
t = Module channel update time (seconds)
TA = Digital filter time constant (seconds)
Xn = Present input, unfiltered PV

As shown in this illustration, by using a step input change to illustrate the filter response, you
see that 63.2% of the total response is reached when the digital filter time constant elapses.
Each additional time constant achieves 63.2% of the remaining response.

100%

63%

Amplitude

0
Unfiltered input
TA = 0.01 s
TA = 0.5 s
TA = 0.99 s

0 0.01 0.5 0.99 Time in Seconds

142 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Process Alarms
Process alarms alert you when the module has exceeded configured high or low limits for
each channel. You can latch process alarms. These are set at four, user-configurable, alarm
trigger points.
• High high
• High
• Low
• Low low

IMPORTANT Process alarms are available only in applications that use floating point
mode. The values for each limit are entered in scaled engineering units.
Alarm Deadband

You can configure an alarm deadband to work with these alarms. The deadband allows the
process alarm status bit to remain set, despite the alarm condition disappearing, as long as
the input data remains within the deadband of the process alarm.
This illustration shows input data that sets each of the four alarms at some point during
module operation. In this example, latching is disabled; therefore, each alarm turns Off when
the condition that caused it to set ceases to exist.
Process Alarms Set by Input Data
High high alarm turns On High high alarm turns Off
High alarm remains On High alarm remains On

High high
High alarm High alarm turns Off
turns On
High

Normal input range

Low alarm turns ON Low alarm turns Off

Low Alarm deadbands

Low low

Low alarm turns On Low low alarm turns Off

Low alarm remains On Low alarm remains On

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 143

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Rate Alarm
The rate alarm triggers if the rate of change between input samples for each channel
exceeds the specified trigger point for that channel.

IMPORTANT The rate alarm is available only for applications that use floating point
mode.

EXAMPLE 1756-IF6CIS Module

If you set a 1756-IF6CIS module (with normal scaling in mA) to a rate
alarm of 1.0 mA/s, the rate alarm only triggers if the difference between
measured input samples changes at a rate > 1.0 mA/s.
If the module’s RTS is 100 ms (that is, sampling new input data every 100
ms) and at time 0, the module measures 5.0 mA and at time 100 ms
measures 5.08 mA, the rate of change is (5.08 mA-5.0 mA)/(100 ms) =
0.8 mA/s. The rate alarm wouldn’t set as the change is less than the
trigger point of 1.0 mA/s.
If the next sample taken is 4.9 mA, the rate of change is
(4.9 mA-5.08V)/(100 ms)=-1.8 mA/s. The absolute value of this result is >
1.0 mA/s, so the rate alarm sets. Absolute value is used because the rate
alarm checks for the magnitude of the rate of change being beyond the
trigger point, whether a positive or negative excursion.

EXAMPLE 1756-IF6I Module

If you set a 1756-IF6I module (with normal scaling in volts) to a rate
alarm of 1.0V/s, the rate alarm only triggers if the difference between
measured input samples changes at a rate > 1.0V/s.
If the module’s RTS is 100 ms (that is, sampling new input data every 100
ms) and at time 0, the module measures 5.0V and at time 100 ms
measures 5.08V, the rate of change is (5.08V-5.0V)/(100 ms) = 0.8V/s.
The rate alarm wouldn’t set as the change is less than the trigger point
of 1.0V/s.
If the next sample taken is 4.9V, the rate of change is (4.9V-5.08V)/(100
ms)=-1.8V/s. The absolute value of this result is > 1.0V/s, so the rate
alarm sets. Absolute value is used because the rate alarm checks for
the magnitude of the rate of change being beyond the trigger point,
whether a positive or negative excursion.

144 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Wire Off Detection

IMPORTANT Be careful when ‘disabling all alarms’ on the channel because it also
disables the underrange/overrange detection feature. If alarms are
disabled, overrange/underrange is zero and the only way you can
discover a wire-off detection is from the input value itself. If you must
detect a wire-off status, do not ‘disable all alarms’.
We recommend that you disable only unused channels so extraneous
alarm bits aren’t set.
The 1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I modules alert you when a wire has been disconnected from one
of its channels or the RTB has been removed from the module. Two events occur when a wire
off condition occurs for this module.
• Input data for that channel changes to a specific scaled value.
• A fault bit is set in the owner-controller that can indicate the presence of a wire off
condition.

Because the 1756-IF6I module can be used in voltage or current applications, differences exist
as to how a wire off condition is detected in each application. The 1756-IF6CIS module can only
be used in current mode.
Wire Off Conditions in Various Applications
Wire Off Condition Occurrence
• Input data for that channel changes to the scaled value associated with the
Voltage Applications overrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating point mode
1756-IF6I Modules Only (maximum possible scaled value) or 32,767 counts in integer mode.
• The ChxOverrange (x=channel number) tag is set to 1.
When the condition occurs because a wire is disconnected:
• Input data for that channel changes to the scaled value associated with the
underrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating point mode
(minimum possible scaled value) or -32,768 counts in integer mode.
• The ChxUnderrange (x=channel number) tag is set to 1.
Current Applications When the condition occurs because the RTB has been disconnected from the
module (1756-IF6I module only):
• Input data for that channel changes to the scaled value associated with the
overrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating point mode
(maximum possible scaled value) or 32,767 counts in integer mode.
• The ChxOverrange (x=channel number) tag is set to 1.

For more tag information, see Appendix A.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 145

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Module Block and Input Circuit Diagrams

This section shows the block and input circuit diagrams for the 1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I
modules.
1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I Module Block Diagram

Details of the 1756-IF6CIS and

1756-IF6I module input
circuitries are given
on page 147
Field Side Backplane Side

+/- 15V
DC-DC
+ 5V Converter DC-DC RIUP
Shutdown Circuit
A/D Converter Opto- Circuit
isolation System
Vref
+5V

+/- 15V
DC-DC
+ 5V Converter

A/D Converter Opto-

Micro- Backplane
isolation
Vref controller ASIC

+/- 15V DC-DC

+ 5V Converter

A/D Converter Opto-

Vref isolation
Serial
EEPROM
Three of six FLASH
Channels SRAM
ROM

= Channel Isolation

146 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Field-side Circuit Diagrams

These diagrams show field-side circuitry for the 1756-IF6CIS and

1756-IF6I modules.
1756-IF6CIS Module Input Circuit
+ 15V

50 
VOUT-x
10 k
IN-x/I

115 Ω1/4 A/D Converter

0.1 F
Watt
Vref

RTN-x
100  10 k
Current
Limiter

- 15V

1756-IF6I Module Input Circuit

+ 15V
0-20 mA
Current
Mode 30 M
Jumper
20 K 20 K 1.6 K
IN-x/V

IN-x/I 7.5 K
A/D Converter
249  0.01 F 0.01 F 0.01 F
1/4 Watt Vref
2.15 K

RET-x

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 147

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

1756-IF6CIS Module Wiring

This section details current and voltage wiring examples for the 1756-IF6CIS module.
Two-wire Transmitter Connected to a 1756-IF6CIS Module Providing 24V DC Loop Power

2 1 A +
VOUT-1 VOUT-0 2-Wire
4 3 Transmitter
IN-1/I IN-0/I
A –
6 5
RTN-1 RTN-0 i
8 7
VOUT-3 VOUT-2
1 9 Shield Ground
IN-3/I IN-2/I
1 1
RTN-3 RTN-2
1 13
Not used Not used
1 1
VOUT-5 VOUT-4
1 1
IN-5/I IN-4/I
2 19
RTN-5 RTN-4

Keep in mind the following:

• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.
• Place additional loop devices (that is, strip chart recorders) at either ‘A’ location in the
current loop.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

148 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Four-wire Transmitter Connected to a 1756-IF6CIS Module and an External, User-provided Power

Supply Providing 24V DC Loop Power

2 1
VOUT-1 VOUT-0 i
4 3 A + +
IN-1/I IN-0/I
4-Wire 24V DC
6 5
Transmitter
RTN-1 RTN-0
8 7 A – –

VOUT-3 VOUT-2
1 9
IN-3/I IN-2/I
1 1
RTN-3 RTN-2 Shield Ground
1 13
Not used Not used
1 1
VOUT-5 VOUT-4
1 1
IN-5/I IN-4/I
2 19
RTN-5 RTN-4

Keep in mind the following:

• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.
• Place additional loop devices (that is, strip chart recorders) at either ‘A’ location in the
current loop.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 149

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Two-wire Transmitter Connected to a 1756-IF6CIS Module and an External, User-provided Power

Supply Providing 24V DC Loop Power

2 1
VOUT-1 VOUT-0 i
4 3 A
IN-1/I IN-0/I 2-Wire
6 5 Transmitter
RTN-1 RTN-0 24V DC
– +
8 7 A
VOUT-3 VOUT-2
1 9
IN-3/I IN-2/I
1 1
RTN-3 RTN-2 Shield Ground
1 13
Not used Not used
1 1
VOUT-5 VOUT-4
1 1
IN-5/I IN-4/I
2 19
RTN-5 RTN-4

Keep in mind the following:

• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.
• Place additional loop devices (that is, strip chart recorders) at either ‘A’ location in the
current loop.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

150 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

1756-IF6I Module Wiring

This illustration shows a wiring example for the 1756-IF6I module.

Voltage Output
2 1
IN-1/V IN-0/V
IN-0/V +

4 3 User Device
IN-1/I IN-0/I
IN-0/I
6 5 Device
RET-1 RET-0
RET-0 – External
Power
8 7
IN-3/V IN-2/V
IN-2/V
10 9
IN-3/I IN-2/I
IN-2/I
1 1
RET-3 RET-2
RET-2
14 13
Not Used Not
NotUsed
used
16 15
IN-5/V IN-4/V
IN-4/V
18 1
IN-5/I IN-4/I Shield Ground
IN-4/I
2 19
RET-5 RET-4
RET-4

Keep in mind the following:

• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 151

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

1756-IF6I Module Current Wiring Example with a Four-Wire Transmitter

IN-V and IN-I must be wired together.

2 1
IN-I/V IN-0/V
IN-0/V
4 3 +
IN-1/I IN-0/I
IN-0/I A +
ii 4-Wire
4-Wire
6 5 Transmitter
RET-1 RET-0
RET-0 A Transmitter -
8 7 –
IN-3/V IN-2/V
IN-2/V Device
10 9 Supply
IN-3/I IN-2/I
IN-2/I
12 11
Shield Ground
RET-3 RET-2
RET-2 Shield Ground
14 13
Not Used Not Used
Not used
16 15
IN-5/V IN-4/V
IN-4/V
18 17
IN-5/I IN-4/I
IN-4/I
20 19
RET-5 RET-4
RET-4

40199-M

Keep in mind the following:

• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.
• Place additional loop devices (that is, strip recorders) at either ‘A’ location.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

152 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

1756-IF6I Module Current Wiring Example with a Two-Wire Transmitter

IN-V and IN-I must be wired together.
2 1
IN-1/V IN-0/V
IN-0/V (–) (+)
4 3 i i 2-Wire 2-Wire
IN-1/I IN-0/I A
IN-0/I Transmitter
Transmitter +
6 5
RET-1 RET-0
RET-0 A -
8 7
IN-3/V IN-2/V
IN-2/V User-provided
Loop Power
10 9
IN-3/I IN-2/I
IN-2/I
12 11
RET-3 RET-2
RET-2
14 13
Not Used Not Used
Not used
16 15
IN-5/V IN-4/V
IN-4/V
18 17
IN-5/I IN-4/I
IN-4/I
20 19
RET-5 RET-4
RET-4

Keep in mind the following:

• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.
• Place additional loop devices (that is, strip recorders) at either ‘A’ location.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 153

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

1756-IF6CIS or 1756-IF6I Module Fault and Status Reporting

The 1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I modules multicast status and fault data to the owner and/or
listening controller with its channel data. The fault data is arranged in such a manner as to let
you choose the level of granularity that is desired for examining fault conditions.

Three levels of tags work together to provide an increasing degree of detail as to the specific
cause of faults on the module.

This table lists tags that can be examined in ladder logic when a fault occurs.
Tag Description
Module Fault Word This word provides fault summary reporting. Its tag name is ModuleFaults.
Channel Fault Word This word provides underrange, overrange, and communications fault reporting. Its tag
name is ChannelFaults.
Channel Status Words This word provides individual channel underrange and overrange fault reporting for
process alarms, rate alarms, and calibration faults. Its tag name is ChxStatus.

IMPORTANT Differences exist between floating point and integer modes as they
relate to module fault reporting. These differences are explained in the
following two sections.
Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode

This illustration provides an overview of the fault reporting process for the 1756-IF6CIS or
1756-IF6I module in floating point mode.

Module Fault Word

(described on page 155
15 14 13 12 11
15 = AnalogGroupFault When the module is calibrating, all bits in the Channel
14 = InGroupFault Fault word are set.
12 = Calibrating
11 = Cal Fault
13 isn’t used by the 1756-IF6CIS
or 1756-IF6I
If set, any bit in the Channel Fault word, also sets the Analog Group Fault and Input
Group Fault in the Module Fault word.

Channel Fault Word

(described on page 155)
5 4 3 2 1 0
5 = Ch5Fault
4 = Ch4Fault
3 = Ch3Fault A channel calibration
2 = Ch2Fault fault sets the
1 = Ch1Fault calibration fault in the
0 = Ch0Fault Module Fault word.

An underrange, overrange condition sets

appropriate Channel Fault bits.
Channel Status Words
(one for each channel, described on page 155)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

7 = ChxCalFault 3 = ChxLAlarm Alarm bits in the Channel Status word do not set
6 = ChxUnderrange 2 = ChxHAlarm additional bits at any higher level.
5 = ChxOverrange 1 = ChxLLAlarm You must monitor these conditions here.
4 = ChxRateAlarm 0 = ChxHHAlarm

Bits in this word provide the highest level of fault detection. A nonzero condition in this word
reveals that a fault exists on the module. You can examine further down to isolate the fault.

154 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

This table lists tags that you can further examine in ladder logic to isolate the fault.
1756-IF6CIS, 1756-IF6I Module Fault Word Bits – Floating Point Mode
Tag Description Tag Name
Analog Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set. AnalogGroupFault
Input Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set. InGroupFault
This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated.
Calibrating Calibrating
When this bit is set, all bits in the Channel Fault word are set.
Calibration Fault This bit is set when any individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set. CalFault

During normal module operation, bits in the Channel Fault word are set if any of the respective
channels has an Under or Overrange condition. Checking this word for a nonzero value is a
quick way to check for Under or Overrange conditions on the module.

This table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits in floating point mode.
1756-IF6CIS, 1756-IF6I Channel Fault Word Bits – Floating Point Mode
Condition Display
A channel is being calibrated. ’003F’ for all bits.
A communication fault occurred between the module and its owner-controller. ’FFFF’ for all bits.

Your logic can monitor the Channel Fault Word bit for a particular input to determine the state
of that point.

Any of the six Channel Status words, one for each channel, displays a nonzero condition if that
particular channel has faulted for the conditions that are listed in the following table. Some of
these bits set bits in other Fault words. When the Underrange and Overrange bits (bits 6 & 5) in
any of the words are set, the appropriate bit is set in the Channel Fault word.

When the Calibration Fault bit (bit 7) is set in any of the words, the Calibration Fault bit (bit 11) is
set in the Module Fault word.

This table lists the conditions that set each of the word bits.
1756-IF6CIS, 1756-IF6I Channel Status Word Bits – Floating Point Mode
Tag (Status Word) Bit Event That Sets This Tag
This bit is set if an error occurs during calibration for that channel, causing a bad
ChxCalFault Bit 7 calibration. This bit also sets bit 11 in the Module Fault word.
This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is less than or equal to the minimum
Underrange Bit 6 detectable signal. For more information on the minimum detectable signal for each
module, see page 141. This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word.
This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is greater than or equal to the
maximum detectable signal. For more information on the maximum detectable signal
Overrange Bit 5 for each module, see page 141. This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel
Fault word.
This bit is set when the input channel’s rate of change exceeds the configured Rate
ChxRateAlarm Bit 4 Alarm parameter. It remains set until the rate of change drops below the configured
rate. If latched, the alarm remains set until it’s unlatched.
This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Alarm limit. It
remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point. If latched, the
ChxLAlarm BIt 3 alarm remains set until it’s unlatched. If a deadband is specified, the alarm also
remains set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband.
This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High Alarm limit. It
remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point. If latched, the
ChxHAlarm Bit 2 alarm remains set until it’s unlatched. If a deadband is specified, the alarm also
remains set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband.
This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low-Low Alarm
limit. It remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point. If
ChxLLAlarm Bit 1 latched, the alarm remains set until it’s unlatched. If a deadband is specified, the alarm
also remains latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband.
This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High-High Alarm limit.
It remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point. If latched, the
ChxHHAlarm Bit 0 alarm remains set until it’s unlatched. If a deadband is specified, the alarm also
remains latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 155

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Fault Reporting in Integer Mode

This illustration provides an overview of the fault reporting process for the 1756-IF6CIS or
1756-IF6I module in integer mode.

Module Fault Word

(described on page 156
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 A calibrating fault sets bit 11
15 = AnalogGroupFault in the Module Fault word.
14 = InGroupFault
12 = Calibrating
11 = Cal Fault
13, 10, 9 & 8 aren’t
used by 1756-IF6I If set, any bit in the Channel Fault word, also sets the Analog Group Fault
and Input Group Fault in the Module Fault word.

When the module is

Channel Fault Word calibrating, all bits in the
(described on page 156) 5 4 3 2 1 0 Channel Fault word are set.
5 = Ch5Fault
4 = Ch4Fault
3 = Ch3Fault
2 = Ch2Fault
1 = Ch1Fault
0 = Ch0Fault

Channel Status Word

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4
described on page 157)

15 = Ch0Underrange 9 = Ch3Underrange Underrange and overrange conditions set the corresponding Channel
14 = Ch0Overrange 8 = Ch3Overrange Fault word bit for that channel.
13 = Ch1Underrange 7 = Ch4Underrange
12 = Ch1Overrange 6 = Ch4Overrange
11 = Ch2Underrange 5 = Ch5Underrange
10 = Ch2Overrange 4 = Ch5Overrange

In integer mode, Module Fault word bits (bits 15-8) operate exactly as described in floating
point mode.
This table lists tags that you can further examine in ladder logic to isolate the fault.
1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I Module Fault Word Bits – Integer Mode
Tag Description
Analog Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is
AnalogGroupFault.
Input Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is InGroupFault.
This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated. When this bit is set, all bits in the
Calibrating Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is Calibrating.
This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set. Its tag
Calibration Fault name is CalFault.

In integer mode, Channel Fault word bits operate exactly as described in floating point mode.
This table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits in integer mode.
1756-IF6CIS, 1756-IF6I Channel Fault Word Bits – Integer Mode
Condition Displays
A channel is being calibrated ’003F’ for all bits
A communications fault that is occurred between the module and its owner-controller ’FFFF’ for all bits

Your logic can monitor the Channel Fault Word bit for a particular input to determine the state
of that point.

156 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

The Channel Status word has the following differences when used in integer mode:
• The module only reports Underrange and Overrange conditions.
• Alarming and Calibration Fault activities aren’t available, although the Calibration Fault
bit in the Module Fault word activates if a channel isn’t properly calibrated.
• There’s only one Channel Status word for all six channels.

This table lists the conditions that set each of the word bits.
1756-IF6CIS, 1756-IF6I Channel Status Word Bits – Integer Mode
Tag (Status Word) Bit Event That Sets This Tag
Odd-numbered bits from The underrange bit is set when the input signal at the channel
bit 15…bit 5 (bit 15 is less than or equal to the minimum detectable signal.
represents channel 0).
ChxUnderrange For more information on the minimum detectable signal for
For a full listing of the each module, see page 141. This bit also sets the appropriate
channels these bits bit in the Channel Fault word.
represent, page 156.
Even-numbered bits from The overrange bit is set when the input signal at the channel is
bit 14…bit 4 (bit 14 greater than or equal to the maximum detectable signal.
represents channel 0).
ChxOverrange For more information on the maximum detectable signal for
For a full listing of the each module, see page 141. This bit also sets the appropriate
channels these bits bit in the Channel Fault word.
represent, page 156.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 157

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

1756-OF6CI and 1756-OF6VI This section describes features specific to ControlLogix isolated analog
output modules that provide a high level of noise immunity. The ‘C’ and ‘V’ in the respective
Module Features catalog numbers indicate ‘current’ and ‘voltage’.

Data Format Options

Data format defines the format of channel data that is sent from the controller to the module,
defines the format of the ‘data echo’ that the module produces, and determines the features
that are available to your application.
This table shows the features that are available in each format.

Features Available in Each Data Format

Data Format Features Available Features Not Available
Ramp to program value Clamping
Ramp to fault value Ramp in Run mode
Integer mode Hold for initialization Rate and Limit alarms
Hold Last State or User Value in fault Scaling
or program mode
Floating point mode All features N/A

Ramping/Rate Limiting
Ramping limits the speed at which an analog output signal can change. This helps prevent fast
transitions in the output from damaging the devices that an output module controls. Ramping
is also known as rate limiting.
This table describes the types of ramping that are possible.

Ramping Type Description

This type of ramping occurs when the module is in Run mode and begins operation
Run mode ramping at the configured maximum ramp rate when the module receives a new output level.
IMPORTANT: This is only available in floating point mode.
This type of ramping occurs when the present output value changes to the Program
Ramp to Program mode value after a Program command is received from the controller.
This type of ramping occurs when the present output value changes to the Fault
Ramp to Fault mode value after a communications fault occurs.

The maximum rate of change in outputs is expressed in engineering units per second and
called the maximum ramp rate.

Hold for Initialization

Hold for Initialization causes outputs to hold their present state until the value the controller
commands matches the value at the output screw terminal within 0.1% of full scale, providing
a bumpless transfer.

If Hold for Initialization is selected, outputs hold if there’s an occurrence of any of these three
conditions.
• Initial connection is established after power-up.
• A new connection is established after a communications fault occurs.
• There’s a transition to Run mode from Program state.
The InHold bit for a channel indicates that the channel is holding.

158 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Clamping/Limiting
Clamping limits the output from the analog module to remain within a range configured by the
controller, even when the controller commands an output outside that range. This safety
feature sets a high clamp and a low clamp.

Once clamps are determined for a module, any data that is received from the controller that
exceeds those clamps sets an appropriate limit alarm and transitions the output to that limit
but not beyond the requested value.

For example, if the high clamp that is configured for a module is 8V and the low clamp that is
configured is -8V, and the controller sends a value of 9V to the module, the module will only
apply 8V to its screw terminals.

Clamping alarms can be disabled or latched on a per channel basis.

IMPORTANT Clamping is only available in floating point mode.

Clamp values are in engineering scaling units and aren’t automatically
updated when the engineering high and low scaling units are changed.
Failure to update the clamp values generates a small output signal that
could be misinterpreted as a hardware problem.

Clamp/Limit Alarms
This function works directly with clamping. When a module receives a data value from the
controller that exceeds clamping limits, it applies signal values to the clamping limit and sends
a status bit to the controller as notification that the value sent exceeds the clamping limits.

Using the previous example, if a module has clamping limits of 8V and -8V but then receives
data to apply 9V, only 8V is applied to the screw terminals and the module sends a status bit
back to the controller informing it that the 9V value exceeds the module’s clamping limits.

IMPORTANT Limit alarms are available only in floating point mode.

Data Echo
Data Echo automatically multicasts channel data values that match the analog value that was
sent to the module’s screw terminals.

Fault and status data is also sent. This data is sent in the format (floating point or integer)
selected at the requested packet interval (RPI).

User Count Conversion to Output Signal

User counts can be computed in Integer mode for the 1756-OF6CI and 1756-OF6VI modules.

The straight-line formulas that can be used to calculate or program a

Compute (CPT) instruction are shown in this table.
Available Range User Count Formula
y = 3109.7560975609754x-32768
O…20 mA where y = counts; x = mA
y = 3115.669867833032x-0.5
+/-10V where y = counts; x = V

For example, if you have 3.5 mA in the 0…20 mV range, the user counts = -21884. Counts = 6231
for 2V in the +/-10V range.

For a table with related values, see Knowledgebase Technote, ControlLogix 1756-OF6CI User
Count Conversion to Output Signal and ControlLogix 1756-OF6VI User Count Conversion to Output
Signal.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 159

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Module Block and Output Circuit Diagrams

This section details the 1756-OF6CI and 1756-OF6VI module block and output circuit diagrams.
1756-OF6CI Module Block Diagram
Field Side Backplane Side

+/- 15V DC-DC

Current Converter DC-DC
Regulator + 5V RIUP
Shutdown
Circuit
Circuit
D/A Converter Opto-
isolation
Vref
System
+5V

+/- 15V
Current DC-DC
Regulator + 5V Converter

D/A Converter Opto- Micro- Backplane

isolation controller ASIC
Vref

+/- 15V
Current DC-DC
Regulator + 5V
Converter

D/A Converter Opto-

isolation
Vref
Serial
Details of the 1756-OF6CI output circuitry EEPROM FLASH SRAM
are on page 161. ROM

Three of six channels = Channel Isolation

160 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

1756-OF6VI Module Block Diagram

Field Side Backplane Side

+/- 15V DC-DC

Voltage
Regulator + 5V Converter DC-DC RIUP
Shutdown Circuit
D/A Converter Opto- Circuit
isolation
Vref System
+5V

+/- 15V DC-DC

Voltage
+ 5V Converter
Regulator

D/A Converter Opto-

isolation Micro- Backplane
Vref controller ASIC

+/- 15V DC-DC

Voltage Converter
Regulator + 5V

D/A Converter Opto-

isolation
Vref
Serial
EEPROM
FLASH SRAM
Details of the 1756-OF6VI output circuitry ROM
are on page 162.

Three of six channels = Channel Isolation

Field-side Circuit Diagrams

This diagram shows the field-side circuitry for the 1756-OF6CI module.
1756-OF6CI Output Circuit
+13V System Field
Side Side

50  Vdrop 1.0V @ 20 mA

Iout = 0-21mA

D/A Convertor –
and Current +
Amplifier OUT-0

0.22 F
250  500 
5V @ 20 mA 10V @ 20 mA
RTN-0 750  1000 
15V @ 20 mA 20V @ 20 mA

ALT-0

-13V

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 161

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Drive Different Loads with the 1756-OF6CI

The 1756-OF6CI module’s output stage provides a constant current that flows through its
internal electronics and out through the external output load. Because the output current is
constant, the only variable in the current loop is the voltage across the output electronics and
the voltage across the load. For a given termination option, the sum of the individual voltage
drops around the loop components must add up to the total available voltage (13V for OUT-x/
RTN-x termination and 26V for OUT-x / ALT-x).

As seen in the previous diagram, a larger external output load drops a larger portion of the
available loop voltage, allowing the module to drop fewer volts across its internal output
electronics. This lower drop allows the power dissipation in the module to be lower, minimizing
the thermal effect to adjacent modules in the same chassis.

For loads under 550 , the module’s +13V internal voltage source can supply voltage for
currents up to 21 mA. For loads over 550 , an additional compliance voltage is required. In
this case, you must use the ALT terminal to provide the additional -13V source.

For any size load (that is, 0…1000 ), the output channels function if terminated between
OUT-x and ALT-x. To improve module reliability and product life, we recommend you:
• Terminate the output channels between the OUT-x and RTN-x terminals for loads of
0…550 
• Terminate the output channels between the OUT-x and ALT-x terminals for loads of
551…1000 .

IMPORTANT If you’re unsure of the load, you can terminate the output channels
between OUT-x and ALT-x and the module operates but reliability can
be compromised at elevated temperatures.
For example, if you terminate the output channels between OUT-x and
ALT-x and use a 250 W load, the module operates but the lower load
results in higher operating temperatures.
To maintain module reliability over time, we recommend you terminate
the output channels as previously described whenever possible.

This diagram shows the field-side circuitry for the 1756-OF6VI module.
1756-OF6VI Output Circuit
8250 

0.047 F

3160  + 15V

D/A IN-x/V
converter

- 15V
Voltage
Output

0.00047 F

RET-x

162 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

1756-OF6CI Module Wiring

This illustration shows wiring examples for the 1756-OF6CI module.
1756-OF6CI Wiring Example for Loads of 0...550 

2 1
OUT-1 OUT-0
ii User Analog
4 3

ALT-1 ALT-0 Output Device

6 5

RTN-1 RTN-0
8 7

OUT-3 OUT-2
10 9

ART-3 ALT-2
12 11

RTN-3 RTN-2
14 13 Shield
ShieldGround
Ground
Not used Not used
16 15

OUT-5 OUT-4
18 17

ALT-5 ALT-4
20 19
RTN-5 RTN-4

Keep in mind the following:

• Place additional devices anywhere in the loop.
• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 163

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

1756-OF6CI Wiring Example for Loads of 551-1000

2 1
OUT-1 OUT-0
ii User Analog
4 3

ALT-1 ALT-0 Output Device

6 5

RTN-1 RTN-0
8 7

OUT-3 OUT-2
10 9

ART-3 ALT-2
12 11

RTN-3 RTN-2
14 13 Shield
ShieldGround
Ground
Not used Not used
16 15

OUT-5 OUT-4
18 17

ALT-5 ALT-4
20 19
RTN-5 RTN-4

Keep in mind the following:

• Place additional devices anywhere in the loop.
• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

164 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

1756-OF6VI Module Wiring

This illustration shows wiring examples for the 1756-OF6VI module.
1756-OF6VI Wiring example

2 1
OUT-1 OUT-0 ++
4 3 User
UserAnalog Output
Analog
Not used Not used Device
Output Device
6 5
—–
RTN-1 RTN-0
8 7

OUT-3 OUT-2
10 9

Not used Not used

12 11

RTN-3 RTN-2
14 13
Shield
ShieldGround
Ground
Not used Not used
16 15

OUT-5 OUT-4
18 17

Not used Not used

20 19
RTN-5 RTN-4

Keep in mind the following:

• Place additional devices anywhere in the loop.
• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 165

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

1756-OF6CI and 1756-OF6VI Module Fault and Status Reporting

The 1756-OF6CI and 1756-OF6VI modules multicast status and fault data to the owner and/or
listening controller with its channel data. The fault data is arranged in such a manner as to let
you choose the level of granularity that is desired for examining fault conditions.

Three levels of tags work together to provide an increasing degree of detail as to the specific
cause of faults on the module.

This table lists tags that can be examined in ladder logic when a fault occurs.
Tag Description
Module Fault Word This word provides fault summary reporting. Its tag name is ModuleFaults.
This word provides underrange, overrange, and communications fault reporting. Its tag
Channel Fault Word name is ChannelFaults.
This word provides individual channel underrange and overrange fault reporting for
Channel Status Words process alarms, rate alarms, and calibration faults. Its tag name is ChxStatus.

IMPORTANT Differences exist between floating point and integer modes as they
relate to module fault reporting. These differences are explained in the
following two sections.
Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode

This illustration provides an overview of the fault reporting process for the 1756-OF6CI or 1756-
OF6VI module in floating point mode.
Module Fault Word
(described on page 167)
15 = AnalogGroupFault 15 14 13 12 11 When the module is calibrating, all bits in the
13 = OutGroupFault Channel Fault word are set.
12 = Calibrating
11 = Cal Fault
14 isn’t used by the OF6CI or
OF6VI
If set, any bit in the Channel Fault word, also sets the Analog Group Fault and
Output Group Fault in the Module Fault word.

Channel Fault Word

(described on page 167)
5 = Ch5Fault 5 4 3 2 1 0
4 = Ch4Fault
3 = Ch3Fault A channel calibration fault sets
2 = Ch2Fault the calibration fault in the
1 = Ch1Fault Module Fault word.
0 = Ch0Fault

Channel Status Words

(one for each channel,
described ion page 167) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
5 = ChxNotANumber 7 & 6 aren’t used by
4 = ChxCalFault OF6CI or OF6VI Not a Number, Output in Hold, and Ramp Alarm Low and High Limit Alarm
3 = ChxInHold conditions do not set additional bits. You must conditions set the appropriate
2 = ChxRampAlarm monitor them here. bits in the Channel Fault word.
1 = ChxLLimitAlarm
0 = ChxHLimitAlarm

Bits in this word provide the highest level of fault detection. A nonzero condition in this word
reveals that a fault exists on the module.

166 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

This table lists tags that you can further examine in ladder logic to isolate the fault.
1756-OF6CI, 1756-OF6VI Module Fault Word Bits – Floating Point Mode
Tag Description Tag Name
Analog Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set. AnalogGroupFault
Output Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set. OutputGroupFault
This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated. When this bit is set, all
Calibrating Calibrating
bits in the Channel Fault word are set.
Calibration Fault This bit is set when any individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set. CalFault

During normal module operation, Channel Fault word bits are set if any of the respective
channels has a High or Low Limit Alarm. A quick way to check for High or Low Limit Alarm
condition on a channel is to check this word for a nonzero condition.

This table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits in floating point mode.
1756-OF6CI, 1756-OF6VI Channel Fault Word Bits – Floating Point Mode
Condition Display
A channel is being calibrated ’003F’ for all bits
A communications fault occurred between
’FFFF’ for all bits
the module and its owner-controller

Set your logic to monitor the Channel Fault bit for a particular output, if you either:
• set the high and low limit alarms outside your operating range.
• disable output limiting.

Any of the six Channel Status words, one for each channel, displays a nonzero condition if that
particular channel has faulted for the conditions that are listed below. Some of these bits set
bits in other Fault words.

When the High or Low Limit Alarm bits (bits 1 and 0) in any of the words are set, the appropriate
bit is set in the Channel Fault word.

When the Calibration Fault bit (bit 4) is set in any of the words, the Calibration Fault bit (bit 11) is
set in the Module Fault word.

This table lists the conditions that set each of the word bits.
1756-OF6CI, 1756-OF6VI Channel Status Word Bits – Floating Point Mode
Tag (Status word) Bit Event that sets this tag
This bit is set when the output value that is received from the controller is
ChxNotaNumber Bit 5 NotaNumber (the IEEE NAN value). The output channel holds its last state.
This bit is set when an error occurred when calibrating. This bit also sets the
ChxCalFault Bit 4 appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word.
This bit is set when the output channel is holding. The bit resets when the requested
ChxInHold Bit 3 Run mode output value is within 0.1% of the current full-scale echo value.
This bit is set when the output channel’s requested rate of change would exceed the
configured maximum ramp rate requested parameter. It remains set until the output
ChxRampAlarm Bit 2 reaches its target value and ramping stops. If the bit is latched, it remains set until it’s
unlatched.
This bit is set when the requested output value is beneath the configured low limit
ChxLLimitAlarm Bit 1 value. It remains set until the requested output is above the low limit. If the bit is
latched, it remains set until it’s unlatched.
This bit is set when the requested output value is above the configured high limit
ChxHLimitAlarm Bit 0 value. It remains set until the requested output is below the high limit. If the bit is
latched, it remains set until it’s unlatched.

IMPORTANT The 1756-OF6CI and 1756-OF6VI modules do not use bits 6 or 7 in this
mode.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 167

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Fault Reporting in Integer Mode

This illustration provides an overview of the fault reporting process for the 1756-OF6CI or 1756-
OF6VI module in integer mode.
Module Fault Word
(described on page 168)
15 = AnalogGroupFault
15 14 13 12 11
13 = OutGroupFault When the module is calibrating, all bits in the
12 = Calibrating Channel Fault word are set.
11 = Cal Fault
14 isn’t used by the 1756-
OF6CI or 1756-OF6VI.
If set, any bit in the Channel Fault word, also sets the Analog Group Fault and
Output Group Fault in the Module Fault word.

Channel Fault Word

(described on page 169)
5 = Ch5Fault 5 4 3 2 1 0
4 = Ch4Fault
3 = Ch3Fault
2 = Ch2Fault
1 = Ch1Fault
0 = Ch0Fault

Channel Status Word 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4

(described on page 169)

14 = Ch0InHold 15, 13, 11, 9, 7, & 5 aren’t Output in Hold conditions must
12 = Ch1InHold used by the 1756-OF6CI be monitored here.
10 = Ch2InHold and 1756-OF6VI in integer
8 = Ch3InHold mode.
6 = Ch4InHold
4 = Ch5InHold

In integer mode, Module Fault word bits (bits 15…11) operate exactly as described in floating
point mode.

This table lists tags that you can further examine in ladder logic to isolate the fault.
1756-OF6CI, 1756-OF6VI Module Fault Word Bits – Integer Mode
Tag Description
This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is
Analog Group Fault AnalogGroupFault.
This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is
Output Group Fault OutputGroupFault.
This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated. When this bit is set, all bits in the
Calibrating Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is Calibrating.
This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set. Its tag
Calibration Fault name is CalFault.

In integer mode, Channel Fault word bits (bits 5…0) operate exactly as described in floating
point mode for calibration and communications faults.

168 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

This table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits in integer mode.
1756-OF6CI, 1756-OF6VI Channel Fault Word Bits – Integer Mode
Condition Displays
A channel is being calibrated ’003F’ for all bits
A communications fault occurred between the module and its owner-controller ’FFFF’ for all bits

Set your logic to monitor the Channel Fault bit for a particular output, if you either:
• set the high and low limit alarms outside your operating range
• disable output limiting.

The Channel Status word has the following differences when used in integer mode.
• The module only reports the Output in Hold condition.
• Calibration Fault reporting isn’t available in this word, although the Calibration Fault bit
in the Module Fault word still activates when that condition exists on any channel.
• There’s only one Channel Status word for all six channels.

This table lists the conditions that set each of the word bits.

1756-OF6CI, 1756-OF6VI Channel Status Word Bits in Integer Mode

Tag (Status word) Bit Event that sets this tag
The Output In Hold bit is set when the
Even-numbered bits from bit 14…bit 4 (that output channel is currently holding. The bit
is, bit 14 represents channel 0).
ChxInHold resets when the requested Run mode
For a full listing of the channels these bits output value is within 0.1% of the current
represent, see page 168. full-scale echo value.

IMPORTANT The 1756-OF6CI and 1756-OF6VI modules do not use bits 15, 13, 11, 9, 7, 5,
3, 2, 1, or 0 in this mode.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 169

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Calibrate 1756-IF6CIS and This section describes how to calibrate discontinued 1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I ControlLogix
analog I/O modules.
1756-IF6I Modules
When you calibrate input modules, you use current, voltage, or ohms calibrators to send a
signal to the module to calibrate it.

To maintain your module’s accuracy specifications, we recommend you use calibration

instruments with specific ranges, as listed in this table.

Module Recommended Instrument Range

1756-IF6CIS 1.00…20.00 mA source +/-0.15 µA current
0…10.00V source +/-150 µV voltage
1756-IF6I 1.00…20.00 mA source +/-0.15 µA current

The 1756-IF6CIS module can be used for applications that require current only.

The 1756-IF6I module can be used for applications requiring voltage or current. Calibrate the
modules for your specific application.

Calibrating the 1756-IF6I for Voltage Applications

During 1756-IF6I module calibration, 0.0V and +10.0V external references are applied
consecutively to the module’s terminals. The module records the deviation from these
reference values (that is, 0.0V and +10.0V) and stores it as calibration constants in the
module’s firmware. The internal calibration constants are then used in every subsequent
signal conversion to compensate for circuit inaccuracies. The 0/10V user calibration
compensates for all voltage ranges on the 1756-IF6I module (0-10V, +/-10V, and 0-5V) and
compensates for inaccuracies of the module’s entire analog circuitry, including the input
amplifier, resistors, and the A/D converter.

The 1756-IF6I offers three input voltage ranges:

• -10…10V
• 0…5V
• 0…10V

IMPORTANT Regardless of what voltage application range is selected before

calibration, all voltage calibration uses a +/-10V range.

170 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Calibrating the 1756-IF6CIS or 1756-IF6I for Current Applications

The 1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I modules offer a 0…20 mA current range. Calibrating the modules
for current uses the same process as calibrating the 1756-IF6I for voltage except the change in
input signal.

Follow these steps to calibrate your module.

IMPORTANT The following examples show how you calibrate the

1756-IF6I module for voltage. Calibrating the modules for current uses
the same process as calibrating the 1756-IF6I module for voltage except
the change in input signal.
1. Connect your voltage calibrator to the module.
2. Go to the Configuration tab on the Module Properties dialog box.

3. At the Input Range, select the range from the pull-down menu to calibrate the channels.
4. Select OK.
5. Select the Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 171

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

6. Select Start Calibration to access the Calibration Wizard to step through the process.
If your module is not in Program mode, a warning message appears. You must change
the module to Program mode before selecting Yes.

7. Set the channels to be calibrated.

You can select whether to calibrate channels in groups all at once or each
channel at a time. The example above shows that all channels are set to
calibrate simultaneously.
We recommend you calibrate all channels on your module each time you
calibrate. This helps you maintain consistent calibration readings and
improve module accuracy.
8. Select Next.
The Low Reference Voltage Signals wizard appears to show which channels are
calibrated for a low reference and the range of the calibration. It also shows what
reference signal is expected at the input.

172 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

9. Select Next.
Select Back to return to the last window to make any necessary changes.
Select Stop to halt the calibration process, if necessary.
10. Set the calibrator for the low reference and apply it to the module.
A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a low
reference. If channels are OK, continue. If any channel reports an error, retry step 10
until the status is OK.

11. Set the calibrator for the high reference voltage and apply it to
the module.
The High Reference Voltage Signals wizard appears to show which channels are
calibrated for a high reference and the range of the calibration. It also shows what
reference signal is expected at the input.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 173

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

12. Select Next.

A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a high
reference. If all channels are OK, continue. If any channels report an error, retry step 11
until the status is OK.

After you have completed both low and high reference calibration, this window shows
the status of both.

174 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

13. Select Finish.

The Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box shows the changes in the
Calibration Gain and Calibration Offset, and the date of the latest calibration.

14. Select OK.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 175

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Calibrate 1756-OF6VI and This section describes how to calibrate a discontinued 1756-OF6VI and 1756-OF6CI
ControlLogix analog I/O modules.
1756-OF6CI Modules
When you calibrate output modules, you use a digital multimeter (DMM) to measure the signal
the module is sending out.

To maintain your module’s accuracy specifications, we recommend you use calibration

instruments with specific ranges, as listed in this table.

Module Recommended Instrument Range

1756-OF6VI DMM with resolution better than 0.5 µV
1756-OF6CI DMM with resolution better than 1.0 µA

Output calibration is a multi-step process that involves measuring a signal from the module.
This section details both current and voltage meter calibrations.

The 1756-OF6CI module must be calibrated for current only, while the 1756-OF6VI module must
be calibrated for voltage only.

Current Meter Calibrations

RSLogix 5000® software commands the module to output specific levels of current. You must
measure the actual level and record the results. This measurement allows the module to
account for any inaccuracies.

While you are online, you must access the Module Properties dialog box.

Follow these steps to calibrate your module.

1. Connect your current meter to the module.
2. Select the Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box.

3. Select Start Calibration to access the Calibration Wizard to step through the process.
If your module is not in Program mode, a warning message appears. You must manually
change the module to Program mode before selecting Yes.

176 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

4. Set the channels to be calibrated.

You can select whether to calibrate channels in groups all at once or each
channel at a time.
We recommend you calibrate all channels on your module each time you
calibrate. This helps you maintain consistent calibration readings and
improve module accuracy.
5. Select Next.
The Output Reference Signals wizard appears to show which channels are calibrated for
a low reference and the range of the calibration. It also shows what reference signal is
expected at the input.

6. Select Next.
Select Back to return to the last window to make any necessary changes.
Select Stop to halt the calibration process, if necessary.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 177

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

7. Record the results of your measurement.

A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a low
reference. If channels are OK, continue. If any channel reports an error, retry steps 4…6
until the status is OK.

8. Select Next.
9. Set the channels to be calibrated for a high reference.
The Output Reference Signals wizard appears to show which channels are calibrated for
a high reference and the range of the calibration. It also shows what reference signal is
expected at the input.

10. Select Next.

178 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024
 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

11. Record the measurement.

12. Select Next.

A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a high
reference. If channels are OK, continue. If any channels report an error, retry steps 9…12
until the status is OK.

After you have completed both low and high reference calibration, this window shows
the status of both.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 179

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

13. Select Finish.

The Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box shows the changes in the
Calibration Gain and Calibration Offset, and the date of the latest calibration.

14. Select OK.

Voltage Meter Calibrations

RSLogix 5000 software commands the module to output specific levels of voltage. You must
measure the actual level and record the results. This measurement allows the module to
account for any inaccuracies.
The 1756-OF4, 1756-OF4K, 1756-OF8, 1756-OF8K, and 1756-OF6VI modules use basically the same
procedures for being calibrated by a voltage meter.
While you are online, you must access the Module Properties dialog box.

Follow these steps to calibrate your module.

1. Connect your voltage meter to the module.
2. Go to the Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box.

180 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

3. Select Start Calibration to access the Calibration Wizard to step through the process.

IMPORTANT The ‘Error’ status for all the channels denotes that the previous
calibration process was not successful. We suggest a valid
calibration be performed for all channels.
See page 185 for a successful calibration for channel 0.
If your module is not in Program mode, a warning message appears. You must manually
change the module to Program mode before selecting Yes.

4. Set the channels to be calibrated.

You can select whether to calibrate channels in groups all at once or each
channel at a time.
We recommend you calibrate all channels on your module each time you
calibrate. This helps you maintain consistent calibration readings and
improve module accuracy.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 181

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

5. Select Next.
The Output Reference Signals wizard appears to show which channels are calibrated for
a low reference and the range of the calibration. It also shows what reference signal is
expected at the input.

6. Select Next.
Select Back to return to the last window to make any necessary changes.
Select Stop to halt the calibration process, if necessary.
7. Record the measurement.

182 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

8. Select Next.
A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a low
reference. If channels are OK, continue. If any channel reports an error, retry steps 4…6
until the status is OK.

9. Select Next.
10. Set the channels to be calibrated for a high reference.
The Output Reference Signals wizard appears to show which channels are calibrated for
a high reference and the range of the calibration. It also shows what reference signal is
expected at the input.

11. Select Next.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 183

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

12. Record the measurement.

13. Select Next.

A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a high
reference. If channels are OK, continue. If any channels report an error, retry steps
10…13 until the status is OK.

After you have completed both low and high reference calibration, this window shows
the status of both.

184 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

14. Select Finish.

The Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box shows the changes in the
Calibration Gain and Calibration Offset, and the date of the latest calibration.

15. Select OK.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 185

Appendix C 6-channel Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Notes:

186 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D
6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated
Analog I/O Modules
This appendix offers reference information regarding the discontinued 6-channel 1756-IR6I,
1756-IT6I, and 1756-IT6I2 ControlLogix® temperature-measuring isolated analog I/O modules.

For information about how to migrate from 6-channel 1756 isolated analog I/O modules to
newer 8-channel modules, see Migrating 6-Channel to 8-Channel 1756 Analog Modules,
publication 1756-RM011.

1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, and This section describes features specific to temperature-measuring ControlLogix analog
modules. These units linearize their respective sensor inputs into a temperature value. The
1756-IT6I2 Module Features 1756-IR6I module uses ohms for temperature conversions and the two thermocouple modules
(1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2) convert millivolts.

Data Format Options

Data format determines how the data is returned from the module to the owner-controller and
the features that are available to your application.
Features Available in Each Data Format
Data Format Features Available: Features Not Available
Multiple input ranges Temperature linearization
Notch filter Process alarms
Integer mode Real-time sampling Digital filtering
Cold junction temperature is Rate alarms
on 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 modules only
Floating point mode All features N/A

IMPORTANT Integer mode does not support temperature conversion on

temperature-measuring modules. If you choose integer mode, the
1756-IR6I is strictly an ohms (W) module and the 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2
are strictly millivolts (mV) modules.

Multiple Input Ranges

You can select from a series of operational ranges for each channel on your module. The range
designates the minimum and maximum signals that are detectable by the module.
Possible Input Ranges
Module Range
1…487 
2…1000 
1756-IR6I 4…2000 
8…4080 
-12…+78 mV
1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 -12…+30 mV

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 187

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Notch Filter
An Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) filter removes line noise in your application for each
channel.

Choose a notch filter that most closely matches the anticipated noise frequency in your
application. Each filter time affects the response time of your module. Also, the highest
frequency notch filter settings also limit the effective resolution of the channel.

IMPORTANT 60 Hz is the default setting for the notch filter.

Available Notch Filter Settings

Notch Setting 10 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz (Default) 100 Hz 250 Hz 1000 Hz
Minimum Sample Time
102 ms 22 ms 19 ms 12 ms 10 ms 10 ms
(RTS – Integer mode)(1)
Minimum Sample Time
102 ms 25 ms 25 ms 25 ms 25 ms 25 ms
(RTS – Floating point mode)(2)

0…100% Step Response Time(3) 400 ms + RTS 80 ms + RTS 68 ms + RTS 40 ms + RTS 16 ms + RTS 4 ms + RTS
-3 dB Frequency 3 Hz 13 Hz 15 Hz 26 Hz 66 Hz 262 Hz
Effective Resolution 16 bits 16 bits 16 bits 16 bits 15 bits 10 bits
(1) Integer mode must be used for RTS values lower than 25 ms. The minimum RTS value for the module is dependent on the channel with the lowest notch filter setting.
(2) In mV mode, 50 ms minimum, if linearizing.
(3) Worst case setting time to 100% of a step change would include 0…100% step response time plus one RTS sample time.

Real-time Sampling
This parameter instructs the module to scan its input channels and obtain all available data.
After the channels are scanned, the module multicasts that data.
During module configuration, you specify a real-time sampling (RTS) period and a requested
packet interval (RPI) period. These features both instruct the module to multicast data, but
only the RTS feature instructs the module to scan its channels before multicasting.

Underrange/Overrange Detection
This feature detects when a temperature-measuring input module is operating beyond limits
set by the input range. For example, if you’re using the 1756-IR6I module in the 2…1000  input
range and the module resistance increases to 1050 , the overrange detection detects this
condition.

This table lists the input ranges of non-isolated input modules and the lowest/highest signal
available in each range before the module detects an underrange/overrange condition.

Low and High Signal Limits on Temperature-measuring Input Modules

Input Module Available Range Lowest Signal in Range Highest Signal in Range
1…487  0.859068653  507.862 
2…1000  2 1016.502 
1756-IR6I
4…2000  4 2033.780 
8…4020  8 4068.392 
-12…+30 mV -15.80323 mV 31.396 mV
1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2
-12…+78 mV -15.15836 mV 79.241 mV

188 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

IMPORTANT Be careful when ‘disabling all alarms’ on the channel because it also
disables the underrange/overrange detection feature. If alarms are
disabled, overrange/underrange is zero and the only way you can
discover a wire-off detection is from the input value itself. If you must
detect a wire-off status, do not ‘disable all alarms’.
We recommend that you disable only unused channels so extraneous
alarm bits aren’t set.

Digital Filter

IMPORTANT The digital filter is available only in applications using floating point
mode.

The digital filter smooths input data noise transients on each input channel. This value
specifies the time constant for a digital first order lag filter on the input. It’s specified in units
of milliseconds. A value of 0 disables the filter.
The digital filter equation is a classic first order lag equation.
[t]
Yn = Yn-1 + (Xn – Yn-1)
t + TA

Yn = present output, filtered peak voltage (PV)

Yn-1 = previous output, filtered PV
t = module channel update time (seconds)
TA = digital filter time constant (seconds)
Xn = present input, unfiltered PV

Using a step input change to illustrate the filter response, you can see that when the digital
filter time constant elapses, 63.2% of the total response is reached. Each additional time
constant achieves 63.2% of the
remaining response.

100%

63%

Amplitude

0
Unfiltered input
TA = 0.01 s
TA = 0.5 s
TA = 0.99 s

16723
0 0.01 0.5 0.99 Time in Seconds

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 189

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Process Alarms
Process alarms alert you when the module has exceeded configured high or low limits for each
channel. You can latch process alarms. These are set at four user-configurable alarm trigger
points.
• High high
• High
• Low
• Low low

IMPORTANT Process alarms are available only in applications using floating point
mode. The values for each limit are entered in scaled engineering units.
Alarm Deadband

You can configure an alarm deadband to work with these alarms. The deadband allows the
process alarm status bit to remain set, despite the disappearance of the alarm condition, as
long as the input data remains within the deadband of the process alarm.
This illustration shows input data that sets each of the four alarms at some point during
module operation. In this example, latching is disabled; therefore, each alarm turns Off when
the condition that caused it to set ceases to exist.
High high alarm turns On High high alarm turns Off
High alarm remains On High alarm remains On

High high
High alarm High alarm turns Off
turns On
High

Normal input range

Low alarm turns On Low alarm turns Off

Low Alarm deadbands

Low low

Low low alarm turns On Low low alarm turns Off

Low alarm remains On Low alarm remains On

190 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Rate Alarm

IMPORTANT You must use RSLogix 5000® software, version 12 or later, and module
firmware revision 1.100 or later, to use the rate alarm for a non-ohm
input on the 1756-IR6I module and a non-millivolt input on the 1756-IT6I
and 1756-IT6I2 modules.
The rate alarm triggers if the rate of change between input samples for each channel exceeds
the specified trigger point for that channel. This feature is available only in applications using
floating point.

EXAMPLE If you set a 1756-IT6I2 module (with normal scaling in Celsius) to a rate
alarm of 100.1 °C/s, the rate alarm only triggers if the difference
between measured input samples changes at a rate > 100.1 °C/s.
If the module’s RTS is 100 ms (that is, sampling new input data every 100
ms) and at time 0, the module measures 355 °C and at time 100 ms
measures 363 °C, the rate of change is (363…355 °C) / (100 ms) = 80 °C/
s. The rate alarm wouldn’t set as the change is less than the trigger
point of 100.1 °C/s.
If the next sample taken is 350.3 °C, the rate of change is
(350.3…363 °C)/(100 ms)=-127 °C/s. The absolute value of this result is >
100.1 °C/s, so the rate alarm sets. Absolute value is used because the
rate alarm checks for the magnitude of the rate of change being
beyond the trigger point, whether a positive or negative excursion.

10 Ohm Offset
With this feature, you can compensate for a small offset error in a 10 
copper RTD. Values can range from -0.99…0.99  in units of
0.01 . For example, if the resistance of a copper RTD used with a channel is 9.74  at 25 oC,
you would enter -0.26 in this field.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 191

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Wire Off Detection

The ControlLogix temperature-measuring modules alert you when a wire has been
disconnected from one of their channels. When a wire off condition occurs, two events occur:
• Input data for that channel changes to a specific scaled value.
• A fault bit is set in the owner-controller that can indicate the presence of a wire off
condition.

IMPORTANT Be careful when ‘disabling all alarms’ on the channel because it also
disables the underrange/overrange detection feature. If alarms are
disabled, overrange/underrange is zero and the only way you can
discover a wire-off detection is from the input value itself. If you
must detect a wire-off status, do not ‘disable all alarms’.
We recommend that you disable only unused channels so extraneous
alarm bits aren’t set.

Because these modules can each be used in various applications, differences exist when a
wire off condition is detected in each application. This table lists the differences that occur
when a wire off condition occurs in various applications.
Wire Off Conditions
In this application This causes a wire off condition And if the wire off condition is detected, this occurs
If possibility number 1 (in the previous column) is the cause:
Either of the following: • Input data for the channel changes to the highest scaled temperature value
associated with the selected RTD type
1. When only the wire that is connected to terminal A is lost
1756-IR6I Module in • The ChxOverrrange (x=channel number) tag is set to 1
Temperature Applications 2. When any other combination of wires is disconnected If possibility number 2 (in the previous column) is the cause:
from the module
See page 201 for a wiring diagram • Input data for the channel changes to the lowest scaled temperature value
associated with the selected RTD type.
• The ChxUnderrange (x=channel number) tag is set to 1
If possibility number 1 (in the previous column) is the cause:
• Input data for the channel changes to the highest scaled ohm value
Either of the following: associated with the selected ohms range
1. When only the wire that is connected to terminal A is lost
1756-IR6I Module in Ohms • The ChxOverrange (x=channel number) tag is set to 1
Applications 2. When any other combination of wires is disconnected If possibility number 2 (in the previous column) is the cause:
from the module • Input data for the channel changes to the lowest scaled ohm value associated
See page 201 for a wiring diagram with the selected ohms range
• The ChxUnderrange (x=channel number) tag is set to 1
1756-IT6I or 1756-IT6I2 • Input data for the channel changes to the highest scaled temperature value
Module in Temperature associated with the selected thermocouple type
Applications • The ChxOverrange (x=channel number) tag is set to 1
A wire is disconnected from the module • Input data for the channel changes to the scaled value associated with the
1756-IT6I Module or overrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating point
1756-IT6I2 in Millivolt mode (maximum possible scaled value) or 32,767 counts in integer mode
Applications
• The ChxOverrange (x=channel number) tag is set to 1

192 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Sensor Type
Three analog modules, the RTD (1756-IR6I) and Thermocouple modules (1756-IT6I and 1756-
IT6I2), let you configure a sensor type for each channel that linearizes the analog signal into a
temperature value. The RTD module linearizes ohms into temperature and the Thermocouple
modules linearize millivolts into temperature.

IMPORTANT Sensor type modules can only linearize signals to temperature values in
the floating point mode.

Available Sensors for Temperature Measuring Modules

Module Available sensors or thermocouples
10  - Copper 427 type.
100  - Platinum 385, Platinum 3916, and Nickel 618 types.
120 - Nickel 618 and Nickel 672 types.
1756-IR6I 200 - Platinum 385, Platinum 3916, and Nickel 618 types.
500 - Platinum 385, Platinum 3916, and Nickel 618 types.
1000  - Platinum 385 and Platinum 3916 types.
1756-IT6I B, E, J, K, R, S, T, N, C.
1756-IT6I2 B, E, J, K, R, S, T, N, C, D, TXK/XK (L).

When you select any of the sensor or thermocouple types during configuration, the
programming software uses the default values in the scaling box.

Default Signal and Engineering Values

1756-IR6I 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2
Low signal = 1 Low engineering = 1 Low signal = -12 Low engineering = -12
High signal = 487 High engineering = 487 High signal = 78 High engineering = 78

IMPORTANT The module sends back temperature values over the entire sensor
range as long as the low signal value equals the low engineering value
and the high signal value equals the high engineering value. The actual
numbers that are used in the signal and engineering fields are
irrelevant as long as they’re equal.

Temperature Limits for 1756-IR6I Sensor Types

1756-IR6I Sensor Copper 427 Nickel 618 Nickel 672 Platinum 385 Platinum 3916
-200.0 °C -60.0 °C -80.0 °C -200.0 °C -200.0 °C
Low temperature (-328.0 °F) (-76.0 °F) (-112.0 °F) (-328.0 °F) (-328.0 °F)
260.0 °C 250.0 °C 320.0 °C 870.0 °C 630.0 °C
High temperature (500.0 °F) (482.0 °F) (608.0 °F) (1598.0 °F) (1166.0 °F)

To see how to choose an RTD sensor type, see page 209.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 193

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

IMPORTANT This table lists temperature limits for sensors using the -12…+78 mV
range only. When the -12…+30 mV range is used, temperature limits are
truncated to the temperature value that corresponds to 30 mV.

Temperature Limits for 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 Sensor Types

Thermocouple B C E J K N R S T D(1) TXK/XK (L)(1)
300.0 °C 0.0 °C -270.0 °C -210.0 °C -270.0 °C -270.0 °C -50.0 °C -50.0 °C -270.0 °C 0 °C -200 °C
Low temperature (572.0 °F) (32.0 °F) (-454.0 °F) (-346.0 °F) (-454.0 °F) (-454.0 °F) (-58.0 °F) (-58.0 °F) (-454.0 °F) (32.0 °F) (-328 °F)
1820.0 °C 2315.0 °C 1000.0 °C 1200.0 °C 1372.0 °C 1300.0 °C 1768.1 °C 1768.1 °C 400.0 °C 2320 °C 800 °C
High temperature (3308.0 °F) (4199.0 °F) (1832.0 °F) (2192.0 °F) (2502.0 °F) (2372.0 °F) (3215.0 °F) (3215.0 °F) (752.0 °F) (4208 °F) (1472 °F)
(1) Sensor types D and L are available only on the 1756-IT6I2 module.

To see how to choose a thermocouple sensor type, see page 210.

Temperature Units
The 1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, and 1756-IT6I2 modules provide the choice of working in Celsius or
Fahrenheit. This choice affects all channels per module.
To see how to choose temperature units, see page 209.

Input Signal to User Count Conversion

Integer mode does not support temperature conversion on temperature-measuring modules.
However, the 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 modules can use this mode to calculate user counts for
both available millivolt ranges.

The straight-line formulas that can be used to calculate or program a Compute (CPT)
instruction are shown in this table.
Available Range User Count Formula
y = 1388.4760408167676x-10825.593777483234
-12…+30 mV where y = counts; x = mV
y = 694.2314015688241x-22244.5904917152
12…78 mV where y = counts; x = mV

For example, if you have 24 mV in the -12…+30 mV range, the user counts = 22498. Counts = -
20856 for 2 mV in the 12…78 mV range.

For a table with related values, see Knowledgebase Technote, ControlLogix 1756-IT6I and 1756-
IT6I2 mV Input Signal to User Count Conversion.

Wire Length Calculations

The rule for determining the maximum thermocouple lead length without error is that the lead
length’s error must be less than half of the module resolution. This error implies no error is
observed nor is recalibration required.

The resolution for the 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 module, respectively, is:

-12…+30 mV range = 0.7 uV/bit

-12…+78 mV range = 1.4 uV/bit

Based on the schematic on page 200, the module leakage per open-wire current is the bias
voltage/pull-up resistance = 0.44V / 20 M= 22 nA. Hence, the maximum thermocouple loop
resistance is the sum of total loop resistance = both leads.

194 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Using this equation, for the -12…+30 mV range the maximum lead resistance is 16 for a
maximum of half resolution error (1/2*(0.7uV/bit) / 22 nA).

For the -12…+78 mV range, the maximum lead resistance is 32 for a maximum of half
resolution error (1/2*(1.4uV/bit) / 22 nA).

For more information, see Knowledgebase Technote, 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 Thermocouple
Lead Length Calculations.

Differences Between the 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 Modules

The 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 modules support grounded and ungrounded thermocouples.
However, in addition to offering access to two more thermocouple types (D and TXK/XK [L]),
the 1756-IT6I2 module offers the following:
• A greater cold junction compensation accuracy
• Improved module accuracy
See page 198 for details.
While the 1756-IT6I module can report cold junction temperature differences between
channels as high as 3 °C (0.54 °F) from the actual temperature, the
1756-IT6I2 module, because it has two cold-junction sensors (CJS), reduces the potential cold-
junction error from the actual temperature to 0.3 °C (0.54 °F).

It’s important that you check that the CJS is fitted locally or remotely, and enabled so in the
module channel configuration. If the CJS isn’t fitted or if the sensor wiring leads are incorrect
(for example, swapped over at the thermocouple cards input), there’s a possibility of a
negative or positive temperature fluctuation when the thermocouple sensor is warmed.

This table lists the cold junction error from actual temperature, depending on the type of cold
junction compensation that is used.
Cold Junction Compensation Types

If you use this module With this type of cold junction The cold junction error from actual
compensation temperature is
1756-IT6I2 Two cold-junction sensors on an RTB +/-0.3 °C (0.54 °F)
1756-IT6I2 IFM +/-0.3 °C (0.54 °F)
1756-IT6I One cold junction sensor on an RTB +/-3.2 °C (5.76 °F), max(1)
1756-IT6I IFM +/-0.3 °C (0.54 °F)
(1) The cold junction error varies for each channel but 3.2 °C (5.76 °F) is the maximum error that any channel shows.

Cold Junction Compensation

When using the thermocouple (1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2) modules, you must account for
additional voltage that can alter the input signal. A small voltage generates at the junction of
the thermocouple field wires and the screw terminations of an RTB or IFM. This thermoelectric
effect alters the
input signal.

To compensate the input signal from your module accurately, you must use a cold junction
sensor (CJS) to account for the increased voltage. Because there are differences if you choose
to connect sensors via an RTB or IFM, you must configure the module via the programming
software to work with the type of CJS used in your application.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 195

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Connecting a Cold Junction Sensor Via a Removable Terminal Block

When you connect a CJS to your thermocouple module via an RTB, the following occurs,
depending on module type:
• The 1756-IT6I module uses one CJS in the middle of the module and estimates the
temperature deviation elsewhere on the connector.
• The 1756-IT6I2 module uses two CJSs at the top and bottom of the module and
calculates the temperature at each channel’s input terminals; this usage of multiple
sensors results in increased accuracy.

If you connect a CJS via an RTB, configure the module as shown on the Module Properties
Configuration tab.

Leave both boxes unselected.

See page 197 for how to connect a CJS to either thermocouple module.

Connecting a Cold Junction Sensor Via an Interface Module

The IFMs use an isothermal bar to maintain a steady temperature at all module terminations.
When you use the IFM, we recommend you mount it so that the black anodized aluminum bar is
in the horizontal position.

If you connect a CJS via an IFM, configure the module as shown on the Module Properties
Configuration tab.

Select the Remote CJ Compensation box.

196 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Connecting a Cold Junction Sensor to the 1756-IT6I Module

You must connect the CJS to the 1756-IT6I module at terminals 10 and 14. To ease installation,
wire terminal #12 (RTN-3) before connecting the cold junction sensor.

Lug 10 9

12 11

14 13

16 15
Wire

18 17

Contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative to order additional
sensors.

Connecting a Cold Junction Sensor to the 1756-IT6I2 Module

You must connect two CJSs to the 1756-IT6I2 module when using an RTB. The additional CJS
offers greater accuracy when measuring the temperature on the module. Connect the cold
junction sensors to terminals 3, 4, 17, 18 as shown.
Terminals 3, 4 Terminals 17, 18
16 15
2 1

18 17
4 3

20 19
6 5

Wire 8 7 Wire
Spade Lug Spade Lug
16 15
2 1

18 17
4 3

20 19
6 5

8 7

16 15
2 1

18 17
4 3

20 19
6 5

8 7

Contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative to order additional
sensors.

Cold Junction Disable Option

The Cold Junction Disable box on the Module Properties Configuration tab disables cold
junction compensation on all module channels. Typically, this option is used only in systems
that have no thermoelectric effect, such as test equipment in a controlled lab.

In most applications, we recommend that you do not use the cold junction disable option.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 197

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Cold Junction Offset Option

The Cold Junction Offset box on the Module Properties Configuration Tab lets you make
module-wide adjustments to cold junction compensation values. If you know that your cold
junction compensation values are consistently inaccurate by some level, for example, 1.2 °C
(2.16 °F), you can enter the value into the box to account for this inaccuracy.
Improved Module Accuracy

The 1756-IT6I2 offers improved Gain Drift with Temperature and Module Error over
Temperature Range specifications when compared to the 1756-IT6I module. This table
highlights the differences.

Cat. No. Gain Drift with Temperature(1) Module Error over Temperature Range(1)
1756-IT6I 80 ppm 0.5%
1756-IT6I2 25 ppm 0.15%
(1) For a detailed explanation of this specification, see page 119.

For the latest I/O module specifications, see the 1756 ControlLogix I/O Modules Technical
Specifications, publication 1756-TD002.

198 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Module Block and Input Circuit Diagrams

This section shows the 1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, and 1756-IT6I2 modules’ block diagrams and input
circuit diagrams. This figure shows two channels. There are six channels on the temperature-
measuring modules.
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, and 1756-IT6I2 Module Block Diagram

Details of the RTD and

Thermocouple input
circuitry are shown on Field Side Backplane Side
page 200.

DC-DC RIUP
Shutdown Circuit
Isolated Circuit
DC-DC
Power Converter System
Channel 0 +5V
A/D Converter Opto-
isolation
Vref

Micro- Backplane
controller ASIC
Isolated DC-DC
Power Converter
Channel 1
A/D converter Opto-
isolation
Vref

Serial
EEPROM
FLASH
SRAM
Cold Junction ROM
Compensation A/D Converter
channel Vref
Temperature-sensing
Device

= Channel Isolation

IMPORTANT The cold junction compensation (CJC) channel is used on Thermocouple

modules only. The 1756-IT6I module has one CJC channel, and the
1756-IT6I2 module has two CJC channels.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 199

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Field-side Circuit Diagrams

These diagrams show field-side circuitry for the 1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, and 1756-IT6I2 modules.
1756-IR6I Input Circuit

3-Wire RTD lexc 594 A Excitation

Rwire (A) IN-0/A Current (All Ranges)

V_RTD + 2 (Vwire) V_RTD + 2 (Vwire) - 2Vwire = V_RTD

Gain = 1

Rwire (C) lexc A/D converter

RTN-0/C
Vref

IN-0/B Vwire = lexc x Rwire

Rwire for cable B has no effect
because B is a Sense wire with zero Gain = 2
excitation current.

1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 Input Circuit

+0.44V +2.5V

20 m 1.96 k

383
IN-0/A 25 k 5 k
A/D converter

Vref
Gain = 30
-12mV to 0.002 F 0.22 F

RTN-0/C

200 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, and 1756-IT6I2 Module Wiring

The illustrations in this section show wiring examples for the 1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, and 1756-
IT6I2 modules.
1756-IR6I 3-Wire RTD Wiring Example

2 1

IN-1/A IN-0/A
4 3

IN-1/B IN-0/B
6 5

RTN-1/C RTN-0/C
8 7 3-Wire RTD
IN-3/A IN-2/A
10 9

IN-3/B IN-2/B
12 11

RTN-3/C RTN-2/C Shield Ground

14 13

Not used Not used

16 15

IN-5/A IN-4/A
18 17

IN-5/B IN-4/B
20 19

RTN-5/C RTN-4/C

Keep in mind the following:

• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

IMPORTANT For two-wire resistor applications including calibration, make sure

IN-x/B and RTN-x/C are shorted together as shown.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 201

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

1756-IR6I 4-Wire RTD Wiring Example

2 1
IN-1/A IN-0/A
4 3
IN-1/B IN-0/B
6 5
RTN-1/C RTN-0/C
8 7 4-Wire RTD
IN-3/A IN-2/A
10 9
IN-3/B IN-2/B
12 11
RTN-3/C RTN-2/C Shield Ground
14 13
Not used Not used
16 15
IN-5/A IN-4/A
18 17
IN-5/B IN-4/B
20 19
RTN-5/C RTN-4/C

Keep in mind the following:

• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.
• Wiring is the same as the 3-Wire RTD with one wire left open.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

202 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

1756-IT6I Wiring Example

2 1

IN-1 IN-0
4 3

Not used Not used

6 5

RTN-1 RTN-0
8 7

Lug IN-3 IN-2 Thermocouple

10 9

CJC+ Not used

Cold
12 11
Junction
Sensor RTN-3 RTN-2
14 13

CJC- Not used

16 15

Wire IN-5 IN-4

18 17

Not used Not used

20 19

RTN-5 RTN-4

Keep in mind the following:

• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 203

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

1756-IT6I2 Wiring Example

Cold Junction Sensor
Wire Spade Lug

2 1

Not used Not used

4 3 Thermocouple
CJC– CJC+
++
6 5
RTN-0 IN-0
8 7

RTN-1 IN-1
10 9
RTN-2 IN-2
12 11
––
RTN-3 IN-3
14 13
RTN-4 IN-4
16 15

RTN-5 IN-5
18 17

CJC– CJC+
20 19
Not used Not used

Wire Spade Lug

Cold Junction Sensor

Keep in mind the following:

• Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal.

ATTENTION: If you use a separate power source, do not exceed the specific
isolation voltage.

204 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, and 1756-IT6I2 Module Fault and Status Reporting

The 1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, and 1756-IT6I2 modules multicast status and fault data to the owner
and/or listening controller with its channel data. The fault data is arranged in such a manner
as to let you choose the level of granularity that is desired for examining fault conditions.

Three levels of tags work together to provide an increasing degree of detail as to the specific
cause of faults on the module.

This table lists tags that can be examined in ladder logic when a fault occurs.
Tag Description
Module Fault Word This word provides fault summary reporting. Its tag name is ModuleFaults.
This word provides underrange, overrange, and communication fault reporting. Its tag
Channel Fault Word name is ChannelFaults.
This word provides individual channel underrange and overrange fault reporting for
Channel Status Words process alarms, rate alarms, and calibration faults. Its tag name is ChxStatus.

IMPORTANT Differences exist between floating point and integer modes as they
relate to module fault reporting. These differences are explained in the
following two sections.
Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode

This illustration provides an overview of the fault reporting process for the 1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I,
or 1756-IT6I2 module in Floating Point mode.
Module Fault Word
(described on page 206)

Cold Junction temperature underrange and

15 = AnalogGroupFault 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 overrange conditions set bits 9 and 8 for 1756-
14 = InGroupFault
IT6I only. You must monitor these conditions
12 = Calibrating
here.
11 = Cal Fault
9 = CJUnderrange (IT6I only)
8 = CJOverrange (IT6I only)
13 and 10 aren’t used by 1756-IR6I Any bit in the Channel Fault word, also sets the Analog
or 1756-IT6I Group Fault and Input Group Fault in Module Fault word

Channel Fault Word

(described on page 206) When the module is
5 4 3 2 1 0
calibrating, all bits in the
5 = Ch5Fault
Channel Fault word are
4 = Ch4Fault
set
3 = Ch3Fault A channel calibration
2 = Ch2Fault fault sets the
1 = Ch1Fault calibration fault in the
0 = Ch0Fault Module Fault word

An underrange, overrange condition sets

appropriate Channel Fault bits
Channel Status Words
(one for each channel,
described on page 206) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

7 = ChxCalFault 3 = ChxLAlarm Alarm bits in the Channel Status word do not set
6 = ChxUnderrange 2 = ChxHAlarm additional bits at any higher level. You must
5 = ChxOverrange 1 = ChxLLAlarm monitor these conditions here.
4 = ChxRateAlarm 0 = ChxHHAlarm

Bits in this word provide the highest level of fault detection. A nonzero condition in this word
reveals that a fault exists on the module.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 205

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

This table lists tags that you can further examine in ladder logic to isolate the fault.
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, 1756-IT6I2 Module Fault Word Bits – Floating Point Mode
Tag Description
This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is
Analog Group Fault AnalogGroupFault.
This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is
Input Group Fault InGroupFault.
This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated. When this bit is set, all bits in
Calibrating the Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is Calibrating.
This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set. Its
Calibration Fault tag name is CalFault.
Cold Junction Underrange – This bit is set when the ambient temperature around the cold junction sensor is
1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 only below 0 oC. Its tag name is CJUnderrange.
Cold Junction Overrange – This bit is set when the ambient temperature around the cold junction sensor is
1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 only above 86 oC. Its tag name is CJOverrange.

During normal module operation, bits in the Channel Fault word are set if any of the respective
channels has an Under or Overrange condition. A quick way to check for Under or Overrange
conditions on the module is to check this word for a nonzero value.

This table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits in floating point mode.
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, 1756-IT6I2 Channel Fault Word Bits – Floating Point Mode
Condition Display
A channel is being calibrated “003F” for all bits
A communication fault occurred between the module and its owner-controller “FFFF” for all bits

Your logic can monitor the Channel Fault Word bit for a particular input to determine the state
of that point.

Any of the six Channel Status words, one for each channel, display a nonzero condition if that
particular channel has faulted for the conditions that are listed in the following table. Some of
these bits set bits in other Fault words. When the Underrange and Overrange bits (bits 6 and 5)
in any of the words are set, the appropriate bit is set in the Channel Fault word.

When the Calibration Fault bit (bit 7) is set in any of the words, the Calibration Fault bit (bit 11) is
set in the Module Fault word.

This table lists the conditions that set each of the word bits.
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, 1756-IT6I2 Channel Status Word Bits – Floating Point Mode
Tag (Status word) Bit Event that sets this tag
This bit is set if an error occurs during calibration for that channel and causes a bad
ChxCalFault Bit 7 calibration. This bit also sets bit 11 in the Module Fault word.
This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is less than or equal to the minimum
Underrange Bit 6 detectable signal. For more information on the minimum detectable signal for each
module, see page 188. This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word.
This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is greater than or equal to the
maximum detectable signal. For more information on the maximum detectable signal
Overrange Bit 5 for each module, see page 188. This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel
Fault word.
This bit is set when the input channel’s rate of change exceeds the configured Rate
ChxRateAlarm Bit 4 Alarm parameter. It remains set until the rate of change drops below the configured
rate. If latched, the alarm remains set until it’s unlatched.
This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Alarm limit. It
remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point. If latched, the
ChxLAlarm Bit 3 alarm remains set until it’s unlatched. If a deadband is specified, the alarm also
remains set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband.

206 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, 1756-IT6I2 Channel Status Word Bits – Floating Point Mode
Tag (Status word) Bit Event that sets this tag
This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High Alarm limit. It
Bit 2 remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point. If latched, the
ChxHAlarm alarm remains set until it’s unlatched. If a deadband is specified, the alarm also
remains set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband.
This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low-Low Alarm
Bit 1 limit. It remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point. If
ChxLLAlarm latched, the alarm remains set until it’s unlatched. If a deadband is specified, the alarm
also remains latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband.
This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High-High Alarm limit.
Bit 0 Italarm
remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point. If latched, the
ChxHHAlarm remains set until it’s unlatched. If a deadband is specified, the alarm also
remains latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband.

Fault Reporting in Integer Mode

This illustration provides an overview of the fault reporting process for the 1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I,
or 1756-IT6I2 module in integer mode.
Module Fault Word
(described on page 208)
15 = AnalogGroupFault Cold Junction temperature
A calibrating fault sets bit
14 = InGroupFault 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 underrange and overrange
11 in the Module Fault word
12 = Calibrating conditions set bits 9 and 8 for
11 = Cal Fault 1756-IT6I only
9 and 8 = CJUnderOver
13 and 10 aren’t used by 1756-
IR6I or IT6I
Any bit in the Channel Fault word, also sets the Analog Group Fault and
Input Group Fault in the Module Fault word

Channel Fault Word

(described on page 208) When the module is
5 4 3 2 1 0 calibrating, all bits in the
5 = Ch5Fault Channel Fault word are set.
4 = Ch4Fault
3 = Ch3Fault
2 = Ch2Fault
1 = Ch1Fault
0 = Ch0Fault

Channel Status Word 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4

(described on page 208)
Underrange and overrange conditions set the corresponding Channel
15 = Ch0Underrange 9 = Ch3Underrange
Fault word bit for that channel.
14 = Ch0Overrange 8 = Ch3Overrange
13 = Ch1Underrange 7 = Ch4Underrange
12 = Ch1Overrange 6 = Ch4Overrange
11 = Ch2Underrange 5 = Ch5Underrange
10 = Ch2Overrange 4 = Ch5Overrange

In integer mode, Module Fault word bits (bits 15…8) operate exactly as described in floating
point mode.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 207

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

This table lists tags that you can further examine in ladder logic to isolate the fault.
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, and 1756-IT6I2 Module Fault Word Bits – Integer Mode
Tag Description
This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is
Analog Group Fault AnalogGroupFault.
This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is
Input Group Fault InGroupFault.
This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated. When this bit is set, all bits in
Calibrating the Channel Fault word are set. Its tag name is Calibrating.
This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set. Its
Calibration Fault tag name is CalFault.
Cold Junction Underrange – This bit is set when the ambient temperature around the cold junction sensor is
1756-IT6I only below 0 oC. Its tag name is CJUnderrange.
Cold Junction Overrange – This bit is set when the ambient temperature around the cold junction sensor is
1756-IT6I only above 86 oC. Its tag name is CJOverrange.

In integer mode, Channel Fault word bits operate exactly as described in floating point mode.

This table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits in integer mode.
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, 1756-IT6I2 Channel Fault Word Bits – Integer Mode
Condition Displays
A channel is being calibrated. “003F” for all bits.
A communication fault occurred between the module and its owner-controller. “FFFF” for all bits.

Your logic can monitor the Channel Fault Word bit for a particular input to determine the state
of that point.

The Channel Status word has the following differences when used in integer mode:
• The module only reports Underrange and Overrange conditions.
• Alarming and Calibration Fault activities aren’t available, although the Calibration Fault
bit in the Module Fault word activates if a channel isn’t properly calibrated.
• There’s only one Channel Status word for all six channels.

This table lists the conditions that set each of the word bits.
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, 1756-IT6I2 Channel Status Word Bits – Integer Mode
Tag (Status word) Bit Event that sets this tag
Odd-numbered bits from bit The underrange bit is set when the input signal at the
15…bit 5 (bit 15 represents channel is less than or equal to the minimum detectable
ChxUnderrange channel 0). signal.
For a full listing of the For more information on the minimum detectable signal for
channels these bits represent, each module, see page 188. This bit also sets the appropriate
see page 207. bit in the Channel Fault word.
Even-numbered bits from bit The overrange bit is set when the input signal at the channel
14…bit 4 (bit 14 represents is greater than or equal to the maximum detectable signal.
channel 0).
ChxOverrange For more information on the maximum detectable signal for
For a full listing of the each module, see page 188. This bit also sets the appropriate
channels these bits represent, bit in the Channel Fault word.
see page 207.

208 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Configuring RTD and Configure the RTD Module (1756-IR6I)

Thermocouple Modules
The Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD) module (1756-IR6I) has additional configurable
points, temperature units, and 10  copper offset options.

All of the configuration options for this module match those of other 6-channel input modules,
except for the Configuration Tab. The dialog box example and table show the additional
settings for the temperature-measuring capability of the 1756-IR6I module.

1. Select from the additional options on the Configuration tab.

Field Name Description
Sensor Type Select an RTD sensor type.
10 Ohm Copper Offset Selectfeature
This must be set only if you select a Copper Sensor Type.
a value to compensate for any copper offset errors.
Temperature Units
Celsius Select the temperature unit that affects all channels per module.
Fahrenheit

2. After the channels are configured, do one of the following:

• Select Apply to store a change but stay on the dialog box to select another tab.
• Select OK to apply the change and close the dialog box.
• Select Cancel to close the dialog box without applying changes.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 209

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Configure the Thermocouple Modules (1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2)

The 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 modules have additional configurable points, temperature units,
and cold junction options.

All of the configuration options for this module match those of other 6-channel input modules,
except for the Configuration Tab. The dialog box example and table show the additional
settings for the temperature-measuring capability of the 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 modules.

1. Select from the additional options on the Configuration tab.

Field Name Description

Sensor Type Select a thermocouple sensor type.
Select a value to compensate for the additional voltage that affects the input signal.
Cold Junction Offset See page 195 for details.
Cold Junction Disable Select the box to disable the cold junction.
Remote CJ Compensation Select the box to enable cold junction compensation for a remote module.
Temperature Units
Celsius Select the temperature unit that affects all channels per module.
Fahrenheit

IMPORTANT The module sends back temperature values over the entire sensor
range as long as the High signal value equals the High engineering value
and the Low signal value equals the Low engineering value.
Using the previous example, if:
High signal = 78.0 °C (172.4. °F), High engineering must = 78.0.
Low signal = -12.0 °C (10.4. °F), Low engineering must = -12.0
2. After the channels are configured, do one of the following:
• Select Apply to store a change but stay on the dialog box to select another tab.
• Select OK to apply the change and close the dialog box.
• Select Cancel to close the dialog box without applying changes.

210 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Calibrate 1756-IR61 Modules This section describes how to calibrate discontinued 1756-IR6I ControlLogix analog I/O
modules.

To maintain your module’s accuracy specifications, we recommend you use calibration

instruments with specific ranges, as listed in this table.

Module Recommended Instrument Range

1756-IR6I 1.0…487.0  resistors(1) +/-0.01%
(1) We suggest you use these precision resistors:
KRL Electronics - 534A1-1R0T 1.0  0.01% / 534A1-487R0T 487  0.01%
A precision decade resistor box also can be used that meets or exceeds the required accuracy specifications. You are
responsible for assuring that the decade box maintains accuracy by periodic calibration.

This module does not calibrate for voltage or current. It uses two precision resistors to
calibrate the channels in ohms. You must connect a 1  precision resistor for low reference
calibration and a 487  precision resistor for high reference calibration. The 1756-IR6I only
calibrates in the 1…487  range.

IMPORTANT When you are wiring precision resistors for calibration, follow the wiring
example on page 201. Make sure terminals IN-x/B and RTN-x/C are
shorted together at the RTB.

While you are online, you must access the Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box.

Follow these steps to calibrate your module.

1. Go to the Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box.

2. Select Start Calibration to access the Calibration Wizard to step through the process.

IMPORTANT Regardless of what ohms application range is selected before

calibration, the 1756-IR6I only calibrates in the 1…487 range.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 211

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

3. Set the channels to be calibrated.

You can select whether to calibrate channels in groups all at once or each
channel at a time. The example above shows that all channels are set to
calibrate simultaneously.
We recommend you calibrate all channels on your module each time you
calibrate. This helps you maintain consistent calibration readings and
improve module accuracy.
4. Select Next.
The Low Reference Ohm Sources wizard appears to show which channels are calibrated
for a low reference and the range of the calibration. It also shows what reference signal
is expected at the input.

5. Select Next.
Select Back to return to the last window to make any necessary changes.
Select Stop to halt the calibration process, if necessary.

212 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

6. Connect a 1  resistor to each channel being calibrated.

A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a low
reference. If channels are OK, continue. If any channel reports an error, retry step 6
until the status is OK.

7. Connect a 487  resistor to each channel being calibrated.

The High Reference Ohm Sources wizard appears to show which channels are
calibrated for a high reference and the range of the calibration. It also shows what
reference signal is expected at the input.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 213

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

8. Select Next.
A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a high
reference. If channels are OK, continue. If any channels report an error, retry step 7 until
the status is OK.

After you have completed both low and high reference calibration, this window shows
the status of both.

9. Select Finish.
The Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box shows the changes in the
Calibration Gain and Calibration Offset, and the date of the latest calibration.

10. Select OK.

214 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Calibrate 1756-IT6I and This section describes how to calibrate discontinued 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 ControlLogix
analog I/O modules.
1756-IT612 Modules
To maintain your module’s accuracy specifications, we recommend you use calibration
instruments with specific ranges, as listed in this table.

Module Recommended Instrument Range

1756-IT6I
-12 mV…78 mV source +/-0.3 µV
1756-IT6I2

This module only calibrates in millivolts. You can calibrate the module to either a -12…+30 mV
range or -12…+78 mV range, depending upon your specific application.

IMPORTANT The following examples show a 1756-IT6I module being calibrated for a
-12 mV…+78 mV range. You use the same steps to calibrate a 1756-IT6I2
module or to calibrate for a -12 mV…+30 mV range.
While you are online, you must access the Module Properties dialog box.

Follow these steps to calibrate your module.

1. Connect your voltage calibrator to the module.
2. Go to the Configuration tab on the Module Properties dialog box.

3. At the Input Range, select the range from the pull-down menu to calibrate the channels.
4. Select OK.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 215

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

5. Select the Calibration Tab on the Module Properties dialog box.

IMPORTANT The ‘Error’ for channel 5 shows that, during the previous
calibration, the process was not successful for this channel. We
suggest a valid calibration be performed for all channels.
See page 219 for a successful calibration status.
6. Select Start Calibration to access the Calibration Wizard to step through the process.
If your module is not in Program mode, a warning message appears. You must manually
change the module to Program mode before selecting Yes.

7. Set the channels to be calibrated.

You can select whether to calibrate channels in groups all at once or each
channel at a time. The previous example shows that all channels are set to
calibrate simultaneously.
We recommend you calibrate all channels on your module each time you
calibrate. This helps you maintain consistent calibration readings and
improve module accuracy.

216 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

8. Select Next.
The Low Reference Voltage Signals wizard appears to show which channels are
calibrated for a low reference and the range of the calibration. It also shows what
reference signal is expected at the input.

9. Select Next.
Select Back to return to the previous window to make any necessary
changes. Select Stop to halt the calibration process, if necessary.
10. Set the calibrator for the low reference and apply it to the module.
A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a low
reference. If all channels are OK, continue. If any channel reports an error, retry step 10
until the status is OK.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 217

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

11. Set the calibrator for the high reference and apply it to the module.
The High Reference Voltage Signals wizard appears to show which channels are
calibrated for a high reference and the range of the calibration. It also shows what
reference signal is expected at the input.

12. Select Next.

A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a high
reference. If all channels are OK, continue. If any channels report an error, retry step 11
.
until the status is OK.

After you have completed both low and high reference calibration, this window shows
the status of both.

218 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

13. Select Finish.

The Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box shows the changes in the
Calibration Gain and Calibration Offset, and the date of the latest calibration.

14. Select OK.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 219

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

RTD and Thermocouple When you use the temperature-measuring modules (1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, and 1756-IT6I2), error
calculations are achieved in a two-step process.
Error Calculations
1. Calculate the module’s error in ohms or volts.
2. Convert the ohm/volt error to temperature for the specific sensor and at the correct
application temperature.

RTD Error
Module error on the 1756-IR6I module is defined in ohms and is calculated across the entire
input range that is selected, not the available range of a sensor used with the module. For
example, if the 1…487  input range is used, the module error is calculated across 507 
(actual range = 0.86…507.86 ).

The error in ohms translates to temperature, but that translation varies because the
relationship is non-linear. The most effective way to check a 1756-IR6I module error is to
calculate the error in ohms and use that value in a linearization table to check the temperature
error.

If the module is calibrated at operating temperature and the operating temperature remains
relatively stable, calibration accuracy is better than 0.1% of the full range for the first year
after calibration. This 0.1% value is a worst case value. In other words, with the 1…487  input
range that is selected, the worst case module error is 0.507 .

Finally, you must check an RTD linearization table to determine the temperature error to which
an error of 0.507  translates. For example, if the 1756-IR6I has a 0.1% (or 0.507 ) error and
is operating at 0 °C (32 °F), the temperature error is -1.25…1.2 °C (-2.25…2.16 °F) when the
Platinum 385 sensor type is used. However, this same ohms error, when calculated in an
operating temperature of 200 °C (392 °F), translates to a temperature error of
-1.4 °C…1.4 °C (-2.52…2.52 °F).

Thermocouple Error
Thermocouple error at 25 °C (77 °F) indicates the module’s accuracy in measuring
temperature. This accuracy varies depending on these factors:
• Input range used, either:
- -12…+30 mV
- -12…+78 mV
• Thermocouple type, any of the following:
- B, R, S, E, J, K, N, T, L, or D (L and D types can be used with the 1756-IT6I2 only)
• Application temperature (that is, the temperature of the physical location where the
thermocouple is being used).

EXAMPLE For example, when the 1756-IT6I module is operating in the following
conditions:
• -12…+30 mV input range
• connected to a type S thermocouple
• application temperature of 1200 °C (2192 °F)
the module error at 25 °C (77 °F) is +/-1.75 degrees.
In other words, the difference between the temperature the module
reports and the actual application temperature can be +/- 1.75°.
The module can report an application temperature of 1200 °C (2192 °F)
in this case when the actual temperature can be in the range from
1196.26…1203.74 °C (2185.268…2198.732 °F).

220 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

IMPORTANT When determining the thermocouple error, we used a typical error of

0.05% of the temperature range. The error calculations are listed for
each range (that is, -12…+30 mV and -12…+78 mV) in the rest of this
section.
However, keep in mind that if cold junction compensation is performed
on the thermocouple modules, the cold junction sensor error values
must be added to the +/-1.75 degrees value in the previous example and
the numbers that are listed in the rest of this section.

Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) (-12…+30 mV Range)

This table lists the ControlLogix thermocouple modules’ error at 25 °C (77 °F) when used in the
-12…+30 mV input range.

Thermocouple Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F)

Module Error (in degrees) at 25 °C (77 °F) When Connected to This Thermocouple Type
Application
Temperature B R S E(1) J(2) K(3) N(4) T
-200 °C (-328 °F) 0.836 0.96 1.376 2.115 1.334
0 °C (32 °F) 0.358 0.42 0.532 0.803 0.542
200 °C (392 °F) 2.37 2.48 0.284 0.38 0.525 0.637 0.395
400 °C (752 °F) 2.02 2.19 0.262 0.38 0.497 0.566 0.340
600 °C (1112 °F) 3.53 1.85 2.06 0.494 0.539
800 °C (1472 °F) 2.75 1.71 1.93 0.535
1000 °C (1832 °F) 2.30 1.59 1.82
1200 °C (2192 °F) 2.03 1.51 1.75
1400 °C (2552 °F) 1.86 1.49 1.73
1600 °C (2919 °F) 1.80 1.51 1.77
1800 °C (3272 °F) 1.83 1.71 2.04
(1) Type E thermocouples can only be used in applications up to 400 °C (752 °F).
(2) Type J thermocouples can only be used in applications up to 550 °C (1022 °F).
(3) Type K thermocouples can only be used in applications up to 700 °C (1292 °F).
(4) Type N thermocouples can only be used in applications up to 800 °C (1472 °F).

These illustrations depict the same information in graphic form.

Thermocouple Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) - Type B Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+30 mV
Input Range

3.00

2.00
Module Error (+/-)
1.00

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800

Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) - Type R Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+30 mV Input Range

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 221

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Thermocouple Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) - Type R Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+30 mV

Input Range
3.00

2.00
Module Error (+/-)
1.00

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800

Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) - Type S Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+30 mV

Input Range
3.00

2.00

Module Error (+/-)

1.00

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800

Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) - Type E Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+30 mV

Input Range

3.00

2.00
Module Error (+/-)

1.00

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800

Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) - Type J Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+30 mV

Input Range

3.00

2.00

Module Error (+/-)

1.00

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800

Application Temperature in °C

222 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Thermocouple Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) - Type K Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+30 mV

Input Range
3.00

2.00
Module Error (+/-)
1.00

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800

Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) - Type N Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+30 mV

Input Range
3.00

2.00
Module Error (+/-)
1.00

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800

Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) - Type T Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+30 mV

Input Range
3.00

2.00
Module Error (+/-)
1.00

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800

Application Temperature in °C

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 223

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) (-12…+78 mV Range)

This table lists the ControlLogix thermocouple modules’ error at 25 °C (77 °F) when used in the
-12…+78 mV input range.

Application Module Error (in degrees) at 25 °C (77 °F) When Connected to This Thermocouple Type
Temperature B R S E J K N T
-200 °C (-328 °F) 1.791 2.06 2.949 4.532 2.859
0 °C (32 °F) 0.767 0.89 1.141 1.720 1.161
200 °C (392 °F) 5.09 5.32 0.608 0.81 1.126 1.364 0.847
400 °C (752 °F) 4.34 4.70 0.562 0.82 1.065 1.212 0.728
600 °C (1112 °F) 7.56 3.96 4.41 0.558 0.77 1.059 1.155
800 °C (1472 °F) 5.89 3.65 4.14 0.574 0.70 1.098 1.146
1000 °C (1832 °F) 4.93 3.40 3.90 0.599 0.76 1.154 1.165
1200 °C (2192 °F) 4.35 3.23 3.74 0.79 1.233 1.210
1400 °C (2552 °F) 3.99 3.18 3.71 1.328
1600 °C (2912 °F) 3.85 3.24 3.80
1800 °C (3272 °F) 3.92 3.67 4.36

These illustrations depict the same information in graphic form.

Thermocouple Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) - Type B Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+78 mV
Input Range
5.00

4.00

3.00
Module Error (+/-)
2.00

1.00

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800

Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) - Type R Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+78 mV

Input Range
5.00

4.00

3.00
Module Error (+/-)
2.00

1.00

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Application Temperature in °C

224 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Thermocouple Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) - Type R Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+78 mV

Input Range
5.00

4.00

3.00
Module Error (+/-)
2.00

1.00

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) - Type E Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+78 mV

Input Range

5.00

4.00

3.00
Module Error (+/-)
2.00

1.00

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) - Type J Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+78 mV

Input Range
5.00

4.00

3.00
Module Error (+/-)
2.00

1.00

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) - Type K Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+78 mV

Input Range
5.00

4.00

3.00
Module Error (+/-)
2.00

1.00

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Application Temperature in °C

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 225

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Thermocouple Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) - Type N Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+78 mV

Input Range
5.00

4.00

3.00
Module Error (+/-)
2.00

1.00

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Error at 25 °C (77 °F) - Type T Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+78 mV

Input Range
5.00

4.00

Module Error (+/-) 3.00

2.00

1.00

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Application Temperature in °C

226 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Thermocouple Resolution Thermocouple resolution indicates the degrees that an application temperature must change
before the ControlLogix thermocouple module reports a change. Resolution varies depending
on these factors.
• Input range used, either:
- -12…+30 mV
- -12…+78 mV
• Thermocouple type, any of the following:
- B, R, S, E, J, K, N, T, L, and D (L and D are used on the
1756-IT6I2 module only)
• Application temperature that is, the temperature of the physical location where the
thermocouple is being used

EXAMPLE For example, when the 1756-IT6I module is operating in the following
conditions:
• -12…+30 mV input range
• connected to a type K thermocouple
• application temperature of 400 °C (752 °F)
the resolution is 0.017 degrees.
In other words, the application temperature must change by 0.017
degrees or greater for the 1756-IT6I module to record a change. If the
temperature stays in a range from 399.984…400.0169 °C
(751.971…752.030 °F), the module continues to report an application
temperature of 400 °C (752 °F).

Module Resolution (-12…+30 mV Range)

This table lists the resolution of ControlLogix thermocouple modules when used in the -12…+30
mV input range.

Module Resolution (in degrees) When Connected to This Thermocouple Type

Application
Temperature B R S E(1) J(2) K(3) N(4) T
-200 °C (-328 °F) 0.028 0.032 0.046 0.071 0.044
0 °C (32 °F) 0.13 0.13 0.012 0.014 0.018 0.027 0.018
200 °C (392 °F) 0.08 0.08 0.009 0.013 0.018 0.021 0.013
400 °C (752 °F) 0.17 0.07 0.07 0.009 0.013 0.017 0.019 0.011
600 °C (1112 °F) 0.12 0.06 0.07 0.016 0.02
800 °C (1472 °F) 0.09 0.06 0.06 0.02
1000 °C (1832 °F) 0.08 0.05 0.06
1200 °C (2192 °F) 0.07 0.05 0.06
1400 °C (2552 °F) 0.06 0.05 0.06
1600 °C (2919 °F) 0.06 0.05 0.06
1800 °C (3272 °F) 0.06 0.06 0.07
(1) Type E thermocouples can only be used in applications up to 400 °C (752 °F).
(2) Type J thermocouples can only be used in applications up to 550 °C (1022 °F).
(3) Type K thermocouples can only be used in applications up to 700 °C (1292 °F).
(4) Type N thermocouples can only be used in applications up to 800 °C (1472 °F).

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 227

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

These illustrations depict the same information in graphic form.

Thermocouple Module Resolution - Type B Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+30 mV Input Range
0.20

0.18

0.16

0.14

0.12
Minimum Amount of Degree
Change Required for 0.10
Thermocouple Module to Report
the Change 0.08

0.06

0.04

0.02

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800

Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Resolution - Type R Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+30 mV Input Range

0.20

0.18

0.16

0.14

Minimum Amount of Degree 0.12

Change Required for
Thermocouple Module to Report 0.10

the Change
0.08

0.06

0.04

0.02

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800

Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Resolution - Type S Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+30 mV Input Range

0.20

0.18

0.16

0.14

Minimum Amount of Degree

0.12
Change Required for
Thermocouple Module to Report 0.10

the Change 0.08

0.06

0.04

0.02

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800

Application Temperature in °C

228 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Thermocouple Module Resolution - Type E Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+30 mV Input Range

0.20

0.18

0.16

0.14

Minimum Amount of Degree

0.12
Change Required for
Thermocouple Module to Report 0.10

the Change
0.08

0.06

0.04

0.02

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800

Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Resolution - Type J Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+30 mV Input Range

0.20

0.18

0.16

0.14

Minimum Amount of Degree

0.12
Change Required for
Thermocouple Module to Report 0.10

the Change
0.08

0.06

0.04

0.02

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800

Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Resolution - Type K Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+30 mV Input Range

0.20

0.18

0.16

0.14

Minimum Amount of Degree 0.12

Change Required for
Thermocouple Module to Report 0.10

the Change 0.08

0.06

0.04

0.02

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800

Application Temperature in °C

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 229

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Thermocouple Module Resolution - Type N Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+30 mV Input Range

0.20

0.18

0.16

0.14
Minimum Amount of Degree
Change Required for 0.12

Thermocouple Module to Report 0.10

the Change
0.08

0.06

0.04

0.02

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800

Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Resolution - Type T Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+30 mV Input Range

0.20

0.18

0.16

0.14

Minimum Amount of Degree 0.12

Change Required for 0.10

Thermocouple Module to Report 0.08

the Change 0.06

0.04

0.02

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800

Application Temperature in °C

230 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Module Resolution (-12…+78 mV Range)

This table lists the resolution of ControlLogix thermocouple modules when used in the -12…+78
mV input range.

Application Module Resolution (in degrees) When Connected to This Thermocouple Type
Temperature B R S E J K N T
-200 °C (-328 °F) 0.056 0.064 0.046 0.141 0.089
0 °C (32 °F) 0.26 0.26 0.024 0.028 0.092 0.054 0.036
200 °C (392 °F) 0.16 0.17 0.019 0.025 0.035 0.042 0.026
400 °C (752 °F) 0.28 0.14 0.15 0.017 0.025 0.035 0.038 0.023
600 °C (1112 °F) 0.23 0.12 0.14 0.017 0.024 0.033 0.04
800 °C (1472 °F) 0.18 0.11 0.13 0.018 0.022 0.033 0.04
1000 °C (1832 °F) 0.15 0.11 0.12 0.019 0.024 0.034 0.04
1200 °C (2192 °F) 0.14 0.10 0.12 0.024 0.036 0.04
1400 °C (2552 °F) 0.12 0.10 0.12 0.038
1600 °C (2912 °F) 0.12 0.10 0.12
1800 °C (3272 °F) 0.12 0.11 0.14

These illustrations depict the same information in graphic form.

Thermocouple Module Resolution - Type B Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+78 mV Input Range

0.30

0.25
Minimum Amount of Degree
Change Required for 0.20
Thermocouple Module to Report
the Change 0.15

0.10

0.05

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Resolution - Type R Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+78 mV Input Range

0.30

0.25
Minimum Amount of Degree
Change Required for 0.20
Thermocouple Module to Report
0.15
the Change
0.10

0.05

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Application Temperature in °C

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 231

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Thermocouple Module Resolution - Type S Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+78 mV Input Range

0.30

0.25
Minimum Amount of Degree
Change Required for 0.20
Thermocouple Module to Report
the Change 0.15

0.10

0.05

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Resolution - Type E Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+78 mV Input Range

0.30

0.25
Minimum Amount of Degree
Change Required for 0.20
Thermocouple Module to Report 0.15
the Change
0.10

0.05

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Resolution - Type J Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+78 mV Input Range

0.30

0.25
Minimum Amount of Degree
0.20
Change Required for
Thermocouple Module to Report 0.15
the Change
0.10

0.05

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Resolution - Type K Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+78 mV Input Range

0.30

0.25

Minimum Amount of Degree 0.20

Change Required for 0.15
Thermocouple Module to Report
the Change 0.10

0.05

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Application Temperature in °C
Application Temperature in °C

232 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

Thermocouple Module Resolution - Type N Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+78 mV Input Range

0.30

0.25
Minimum Amount of Degree
Change Required for 0.20
Thermocouple Module to Report 0.15
the Change
0.10

0.05

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Application Temperature in °C

Thermocouple Module Resolution - Type T Thermocouple Connection in a -12…+78 mV Input Range

0.30

0.25
Minimum Amount of Degree
0.20
Change Required for
Thermocouple Module to Report 0.15
the Change
0.10

0.05

0.00
-200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Application Temperature in °C

Dealing with Incorrect Thermocouple Temperature Readings

The first thought when an incorrect temperature reading is reported back in a thermocouple
input module is that the module is out of calibration. This is typically not the case, particularly
if the module has just been installed out-of-the-box.

All thermocouple input modules are shipped factory-calibrated so it is unlikely that they would
need to be calibrated upon installation.

To determine the cause of the incorrect reading, the nature of the incorrect reading must be
discerned first. The module:
1. Always reads maximum.
2. Always reads minimum.
3. Reads erratic (data jumping around).
4. Reads with an offset over the entire range.

In general, if incorrect readings appear on a new install then checking for proper installation
and configuration would typically prevail as a cause versus an existing working module where
a hardware failure of some type (channel or module) would be more likely the cause.

Also, if multiple channels are experiencing these symptoms, disconnect all thermocouples
except one. This can help determine if it is external hardware or the module itself is the cause.

Before attempting to troubleshoot these symptoms, a great deal of work can be saved by first,
visually inspecting the module, and second, applying a thermocouple emulator directly to the
module input in question. Make sure that the module is powered and communicating based on
the status indicators. Red or flashing green status indicators signify a problem.

Make sure that the wiring is intact and correct and the cold junction sensors (CJS) are installed
correctly for the correct wiring arm, terminal base, or removable terminal block. If all looks
correct, then remove the thermocouple from the channel in question and apply the emulator.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 233

Appendix D 6-channel Temperature-measuring Isolated Analog I/O Modules

The emulator is designed to provide a voltage at the terminals equivalent to the voltage
expected for the thermocouple type it is emulating. If the temperature reports back correctly,
then the module is performing as expected and the thermocouple and wiring are suspect. If
the emulator temperature is not reporting back correctly, then the module hardware,
configuration, or the software application are suspect.

We highly recommend using a thermocouple emulator for initial troubleshooting. In lieu of an

emulator, a millivolt signal can be applied to the input. To make this work, the module would
have to be reconfigured to read a millivolt signal. If the module is reading back the millivolt
correctly, then the module is performing as expected.
Troubleshooting Checklist

Check for these symptoms when troubleshooting a module.

1. Thermocouple reading maximum (upscale) usually means that there is an open circuit.
Thermocouple modules provide open-circuit detection and the data reports back
upscale when an open circuit is detected. Check the wiring, terminations, and for an
open thermocouple. Make sure that the length of the thermocouple cable is within
module specifications, where too long a length, thus a higher impedance, could be
interpreted as an open circuit.
2. Thermocouple reading minimum (downscale) usually means that there is a short-
circuited input. Check wiring and correct terminations.
3. Erratic readings (data jumping around) are a symptom of noise. The magnitude of noise
can be seen with an oscilloscope. Disconnect all but one thermocouple to see if other
channels are affecting each other (bleed-over). The effect of noise can be reduced by
removing or suppressing the source of the noise or by employing the hardware and or
software filters that are provided by the thermocouple module.
4. Offset readings can be caused by a DC signal riding on top of the thermocouple signal.
The magnitude of the offset can be seen with an oscilloscope. Again, by disconnecting
all but one thermocouple, one can see if other channels are affecting each other (bleed-
over).
5. Make sure that the module is not in calibration mode. This is module-dependent, but in
general, specific bits have to be turned on to
enable calibration.

The 1756-IT6I Thermocouple module, when configured with all channels for the same
configuration and measuring the same (ambient) temperature, has a temperature reading
difference between upper and lower channels up to
-13.33…-12.22 °C (8…10 °F). To improve the accuracy of the module’s reading, we recommend
that you select remote CJ compensation and wire
to a 1492-AIFM6TC-3.

Offset readings can also be seen if the CJS is defective or not installed properly. When,
provided, check the module input data for a CJS defective diagnostic bit. Thermocouples also
report back ambient temperature and provide an accurate ambient temperature if the CJS is
healthy, wired properly, and the module is operating within specifications.

234 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix E
Remote Connections Via a ControlNet Network
This appendix offers reference information regarding connecting with ControlLogix® analog I/
O modules in a remote chassis via a ControlNet® network.

For more information about ControlLogix ControlNet modules, see the ControlNet Network
Configuration User Manual, publication CNET-UM001.
For information about how to migrate from a ControlNet network to an EtherNet/IP™ network,
see the ControlNet to EtherNet/IP Migration Reference Manual, publication CNET-IN005.

Using RSNetWorx and The I/O configuration portion of the RSLogix 5000® programming software generates the
configuration data for each I/O module in the control system, whether the module is in a local
RSLogix 5000 Software or remote chassis. A remote chassis, also known as networked, contains the I/O module but
not the module’s owner-controller. A remote chassis can be connected to the controller via a
scheduled connection on the ControlNet network or an EtherNet/IP network.

RSLogix 5000 configuration data is transferred to the controller during the program download
and later transferred to the appropriate I/O modules. I/O modules in the local chassis, and
modules in a remote chassis connected via the EtherNet/IP network, or unscheduled
connections on the ControlNet network, are ready to run as soon as the configuration data has
been downloaded. However, to enable scheduled connections to I/O modules on the ControlNet
network, you must schedule the network by using RSNetWorx for ControlNet software.

Running RSNetWorx™ software transfers configuration data to I/O modules on a scheduled

ControlNet network and establishes a network update time (NUT) for the ControlNet network
that is compliant with the desired communication options specified for each module during
configuration.

Anytime a controller references a scheduled connection to I/O modules on a scheduled

ControlNet network, you must run RSNetWorx software to configure the ControlNet network.

See the following general steps when configuring I/O modules.

1. Configure all I/O modules for a given controller by using RSLogix 5000 programming
software and download that information to the controller.
2. If the I/O configuration data references a scheduled connection to a module in a remote
chassis that is connected via the ControlNet network, run RSNetWorx for ControlNet
software to schedule the network.
3. After running RSNetWorx software, perform an online save of the RSLogix 5000 project
so the configuration information that RSNetWorx software sends to the controller is
saved.

IMPORTANT You must run RSNetWorx for ControlNet software whenever a new I/O
module is added to a scheduled ControlNet chassis. When a module is
permanently removed from a remote chassis, we recommend that you
run RSNetWorx for ControlNet software to reschedule the network and
optimize the allocation of network bandwidth.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 235

Appendix E Remote Connections Via a ControlNet Network

Remote Input Modules When remote analog I/O modules are connected to the owner-controller via a scheduled
ControlNet network, the RPI and RTS intervals still define when the module multicasts data
Connected Via a ControlNet within its own chassis (as described in the previous section). However, only the value of the
Network RPI determines how often the owner-controller receives it over the network.
When an RPI value is specified for an input module in a remote chassis that is connected by a
scheduled ControlNet network, the RPI also ‘reserves’ a spot and instructs the module to
multicast data within its own chassis.

Whether the timing of this ‘reserved’ spot coincides with the exact value of the RPI, the control
system helps the owner-controller receive data at least as often as the specified RPI.

This illustration shows that the input data within the remote chassis is multicast at the
configured RPI. The ControlNet bridge module sends input data back to the owner-controller at
least as often as the RPI.
Local Chassis Remote Chassis

Multicast data

ControlNet network

The ‘reserved’ spot on the network and the module’s RTS are asynchronous to each other. This
means that there are best and worst Case scenarios as to when the owner-controller receives
updated channel data from the module in a networked chassis.
Best Case RTS Scenario

In the best case scenario, the module performs an RTS multicast with updated channel data
just before the ‘reserved’ network slot is made available. In this case, the remotely located
owner-controller receives the data almost immediately.
Worst Case RTS Scenario

In the worst case scenario, the module performs an RTS multicast just after the ‘reserved’
network slot has passed. In this case, the owner-controller does not receive data until the next
scheduled network slot.
Because it’s the RPI and not the RTS that dictates when the module’s data is sent
over the network, we recommend that the RPI value is set less than or equal to the
RTS to make sure that the owner-controller receives updated channel data with
each receipt of data.

236 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Appendix E Remote Connections Via a ControlNet Network

Remote Output Modules When remote analog output modules are connected to the owner-controller via a scheduled
ControlNet network, and are instructing the controller to multicast the output data within its
Connected Via a ControlNet own chassis, the RPI also ‘reserves’ a spot in the stream of data flowing across the ControlNet
Network network.
Whether the timing of this ‘reserved’ spot coincides with the exact value of the RPI, the control
system helps the output module receive data at least as often as the specified RPI.

Owner-controller ControlNet Bridge module ControlNet Bridge module Output module

Data sent from owner at Immediate backplane

module’s RPI rate transfers to module

Output data at least as often as RPI

ControlNet

The ‘reserved’ spot on the network and when the controller sends the output data are
asynchronous to each other. This means that there are best and worst case scenarios as to
when the module receives the output data from the controller in a networked chassis.
Best Case RPI Scenario

In the best case scenario, the controller sends the output data just before the ‘reserved’
network slot is available. In this case, the remote output module receives the data almost
immediately.
Worst Case RPI Scenario

In the worst case scenario, the controller sends the data just after the ‘reserved’ network slot
has passed. In this case, the module does not receive the data until the next scheduled
network slot.

IMPORTANT These best and worst case scenarios indicate the time that is required
for output data to transfer from the controller to the module once the
controller has produced it.
The scenarios do not take into account when the module receives new
data (updated by the user program) from the controller. That is a
function of the length of the user program and its asynchronous
relationship with the RPI.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 237

Appendix E Remote Connections Via a ControlNet Network

Notes:

238 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Glossary

analog interface module (AIFM) Modules connect to pre-wired cables to provide the output terminal blocks for the analog I/O
module. These modules can be mounted on a DIN rail.

broadcast Data transmissions to all addresses or functions.

communication format Format that defines the type of information transferred between an I/O module and its owner-
controller. This format also defines the tags created for each I/O module.

compatible match An electronic keying protection mode that requires that the physical module and the module
configured in the software to match according to vendor and catalog number. In this case, the
minor revision of the module must be
greater than or equal to that of the configured slot.

connection The communication mechanism from the controller to another module in the control system.

coordinated system time (CST) Timer value that is kept synchronized for all modules within a single ControlBus chassis.

direct connection An I/O connection where the controller establishes an individual connection with I/O modules.

disable keying An electronic keying protection mode that requires no attributes of the physical module and
the module configured in the software to match.

download The process of transferring the contents of a project on the workstation into the controller.

electronic keying A feature where modules can be requested to perform an electronic check to make sure that
the physical module is consistent with what was configured by the software.

exact match An electronic keying protection mode that requires the physical module and the module
configured in the software to match according to vendor, catalog number, major revision and
minor revision.

field side Interface between user field wiring and I/O module.

inhibit A ControlLogix® process that lets you configure an I/O module but prevent it from
communicating with the owner-controller. In this case, the controller behaves as if the I/O
module does not exist at all.

interface module (IFM) A module that uses pre-wired cable to connect wiring to an I/O module.

listen-only connection An I/O connection where another controller owns/provides the configuration and data for the
module.

major revision A module revision that is updated any time there is a functional change
to the module.

minor revision A module revision that is updated any time there is a change to the module that does not
affect its function or interface.

multicast Data transmissions that reach a specific group of one or more destinations.

multiple owners A configuration set-up where multiple owner-controllers use exactly the same configuration
information to simultaneously own an input module.

network update time (NUT) The smallest repetitive time interval in which the data can be sent on a ControlNet® network.
The NUT ranges from 2 ms to 100 ms.

owner-controller The controller that creates and stores the primary configuration and communication
connection to a module.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 239

Glossary

Program mode In this mode the following events occur:

• Controller program is not executing.
• Inputs are still actively producing data.
• Outputs are not actively controlled and go to their configured
Program mode.

rack connection An I/O connection where the 1756-CNB module collects digital I/O words into a rack image to
conserve ControlNet connections and bandwidth.

rack optimization A communication format in which the 1756-CNB module collects all digital I/O words in the
remote chassis and sends them to controller as a single rack image.

remote connection An I/O connection where the controller establishes an individual connection with I/O modules
in a remote chassis.

removal and insertion under power ControlLogix feature that allows a user to install or remove a module or RTB while power is
(RIUP) applied.

removable terminal block (RTB) Field wiring connector for I/O modules.

requested packet interval (RPI) The maximum amount of time between broadcasts of I/O data.

Run mode In this mode, the following events occur:

• Controller program is executing
• Inputs are actively producing data
• Outputs are actively controlled

service A system feature that is performed on user demand, such as fuse reset or diagnostic latch
reset.

system side Backplane side of the interface to the I/O module.

tag A named area of the controller’s memory where data is stored.

timestamping A ControlLogix process that stamps a change in input data with a relative time reference of
when that change occurred.

240 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Index

Numerics floating point mode 166

integer mode 168
10 Ohm offset clamping
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I, and 1756-IT6I2 module 1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8 modules 62, 159
191 as related to limit alarms 63, 159
cold junction compensation
A 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 modules 195 - 198
cold junction disable 197
agency cold junction offset 198
certification 11 connecting a sensor to the 1756-IT6I
alarm deadband 36, 143, 190 module 197
alarms 87 connecting a sensor to the 1756-IT6I2
module 197
latching 27
using an IFM 196
limit alarm 63, 159
using an RTB 196
process alarm 36, 143, 190
communication format
rate alarm 37, 144, 191
analog I/O 11 output modules 80
configuration 75
configuring
C modules in remote chassis 92
downloading data 89
calibration connections
1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I modules 170, 176 direct connections 17
1756-IF8I module 89 input data connections 78
1756-OF8I module 89 listen-only connections 22
using RSLogix 5000 103 module inhibiting 82
certification ControlNet network 236, 237
agency 11 coordinated system time (CST) 11
channel fault word
rolling timestamp 26
1756-IF16 module 51 timestamp 26
floating point mode 52, 53
integer mode 54, 55
1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I modules 154 D
floating point mode 154, 156
1756-IF8 module 56 DAC
floating point mode 57 See digital to analog converter
integer mode 59 data echo 63, 159
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 modules data format 11, 28
205 as related to module resolution and scaling
floating point mode 205 30
integer mode 207 floating point mode 28
1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8 modules 69 integer mode 28
floating point mode 69, 70 differential wiring method
integer mode 72, 73
1756-OF6CI and 1756-OF6VI modules 166 1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8 modules 33
high speed mode 33
floating point mode 166
digital filter
integer mode 168
channel status word 1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8 modules 35
1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I modules 142
1756-IF16 module 51
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 modules
floating point mode 52
189
integer mode 54, 55
digital to analog converter 26
1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I modules 154
floating point mode 154, 156 direct connections 17
1756-IF8 module 56 downloading configuration data 89
floating point mode 57 driving loads on the 1756-OF6CI module 162
integer mode 59
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 modules
205 E
floating point mode 205
integer mode 207 electronic keying 77
1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8 modules 69 electrostatic discharge
floating point mode 69, 71 preventing 15
integer mode 72, 73 event tasks 20
1756-OF6CI and 1756-OF6VI modules 166

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 241

Index

F floating point mode 52

integer mode 54
fault and status reporting 1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I modules 154
1756-IF16 module 51 floating point mode 154, 156
1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I modules 154 1756-IF8 module 56
1756-IF8 module 56 floating point mode 57, 58, 59, 60
1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8 modules 69 integer mode 59
1756-OF6CI and 1756-OF6VI modules 166 1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 modules
205
floating point mode 205
H integer mode 207
hold for initialization 1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8 modules 69
floating point mode 69, 70
1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8 modules 62
integer mode 72
1756-OF6CI and 1756-OF6VI modules 158
1756-OF6CI and 1756-OF6VI modules 166
floating point mode 166
I integer mode 168
module filter
inhibiting the module 1756-IF16 & 1756-IF8 modules 34
in RSLogix 5000 28 module identification information 14
input circuit diagram ASCII text string 14
1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8 current 41 catalog code 14
1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8 voltage 41 major revision 14
1756-IF6CIS module 147 minor revision 14
1756-IF6I module 147 product type 14
input ranges serial number 14
1756-IF16 & 1756-IF8 modules 34 status 14
1756-IF6CIS module 140 vendor ID 14
1756-IF6I module 140 module inhibit 82
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 modules module resolution 11
187 as related to scaling and data format 29
interface module 12 module status
retrieving 14
K
keying N
electronic 77 notch filter
mechanical 13 1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I modules 140
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 modules
188
L
ladder logic
reconfiguring a module 101 O
unlatching alarms in the 1756-IF8 module open wire detection
99, 100 1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8 modules 62
latching alarms 27 output circuit diagrams
limit alarms 63, 159 1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8 modules 66
limiting 1756-OF6CI module 161
1756-OF4 and 1756-OF8 modules 62, 159 1756-OF6VI module 162
listen-only connections 22 output data echo 21
locking tab 13 ownership 17
changing configuration in multiple owner-
controllers 23
M multiple owners 22, 23
mechanical
keying 13 P
module block diagrams
preventing electrostatic discharge 15
1756-IF16 module 39
1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I modules 146 process alarms
1756-IF8 module 40 1756-IF16 & 1756-IF8 modules 36
1756-OF4 module 64 1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I modules 143
1756-OF6CI module 160 1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 modules
1756-OF6VI module 161 190
1756-OF8 module 65 producer/consumer model 11, 27
module fault word
1756-IF16 module 51

242 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 Index

R troubleshooting 121 - 125

ramping module status indicators 13
limiting the rate of change in an output
signal 61, 158 U
maximum ramp rate 61, 158
rate alarm underrange/overrange detection
1756-IF16 & 1756-IF8 modules 37 1756-IF16 & 1756-IF8 modules 35
1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I modules 144 1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I modules 141
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 modules 1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 modules
191 188
rate limiting 61, 158
rate of change W
trigger point 191
real time sample (RTS) 18, 35, 141, 188 wire off detection
in a local chassis 18 1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8 modules
remote chassis differential current applications 38
differential voltage applications 38
configuring remote I/O modules 92
single-ended current applications 38
connecting via ControlNet network 236, 237
single-ended voltage applications 38
removable terminal block (RTB) 12
1756-IF6CIS and 1756-IF6I modules 145
removal and insertion under power (RIUP) 11, current applications 145
25 voltage applications 145
requested packet interval (RPI) 19 1756-IR6I module
retrieving module identification information 14 ohms applications 192
temperature applications 192
retrieving module status 14 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 modules
rolling timestamp 11 millivolt applications 192
RPI temperature applications 192
set the rate 82 wiring
RSLogix 5000 using the IFM 12
calibration 103 using the RTB 12
downloading configuration data 89 wiring examples
RSNetWorx 1756-IF16 module 43 - 46
using with RSLogix 5000 235 1756-IF6CIS module 148 - 150
1756-IF6I module 151 - 153
1756-IF8 module 47 - 48
S 1756-IR6I module 201
1756-IT6I2 modules 204
scaling
1756-OF4 module 67
as related to module resolution and data 1756-OF6CI module 163
format 30 1756-OF6VI module 165
sensor type 1756-OF8 module 68
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 modules
193
single-ended wiring method
1756-IF16 and 1756-IF8 modules 33
software
module configuration 75
troubleshooting 123
software tags
floating point mode 130 - 133
integer mode 128 - 129
status indicators 13, 27
input modules 121
output modules 122

T
tasks
event 20
temperature units
1756-IR6I, 1756-IT6I and 1756-IT6I2 modules
194
timestamp 26
rolling 11
triggering event tasks 20

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 243

Index

244 Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

 ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules User Manual

Rockwell Automation Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024 245

Rockwell Automation Support
Use these resources to access support information.
Find help with how-to videos, FAQs, chat, user forums, Knowledgebase, and product
Technical Support Center rok.auto/support
notification updates.
Local Technical Support Phone Numbers Locate the telephone number for your country. rok.auto/phonesupport
Quickly access and download technical specifications, installation instructions, and user
Technical Documentation Center rok.auto/techdocs
manuals.
Literature Library Find installation instructions, manuals, brochures, and technical data publications. rok.auto/literature
Product Compatibility and Download Center Download firmware, associated files (such as AOP, EDS, and DTM), and access product rok.auto/pcdc
(PCDC) release notes.

Documentation Feedback
Your comments help us serve your documentation needs better. If you have any suggestions on how to improve our content, complete the
form at rok.auto/docfeedback.

Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)

At the end of life, this equipment should be collected separately from any unsorted municipal waste.

Rockwell Automation maintains current product environmental compliance information on its website at rok.auto/pec.

Allen-Bradley, ControlLogix, expanding human possibility, FactoryTalk, Logix 5000, Rockwell Automation, RSLogix 5000, RSLinx, and RSNetWorx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation, Inc.
ControlNet and EtherNet/IP are trademarks of ODVA, Inc.
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies.
Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret A.Ş. Kar Plaza İş Merkezi E Blok Kat:6 34752, İçerenköy, İstanbul, Tel: +90 (216) 5698400 EEE Yönetmeliğine Uygundur

Publication 1756-UM009F-EN-P - January 2024

Supersedes Publication 1756-UM009E-EN-P - September 2022 Copyright © 2024 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A.